382 PDF

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ‪Vectors‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ 1-1‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 2-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 3-1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫‪ 4-1‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 5-1‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 6-1‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫اﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪..‬‬
‫‪Vectors‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Coordinate Systems‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Rectangular Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Polar Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Vectors Addition‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Resultant Vector‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫‪Negative of Vector‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫‪Commutative‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪Multiplication of Vectors‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Dot Product‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ‬
‫‪Cross Product‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫اﻻﻫﺪاف اﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳُﻤﻴّﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳُﻌﺒّﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺴﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌ ّﺪﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳُﻤﻴّﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳُﻄﺒّﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪Vectors‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪Coordinate systems‬‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍ ًء ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﺍﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Coordinates‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ )‪ (Rectangular Coordinates‬ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ )‪.(Polar Coordinates‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ )‪(Rectangular coordinates‬‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣـﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣــﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻳـﻦ ) ﻫـﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﻮﺭ‬
‫)‪(x , y‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ‪ x‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ‪ ( y‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﶈﻮر‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (0 , 0‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻤـﻰ ﻧﻘـﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺻــﻞ )‪ (Origin point‬ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤـﺤﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺑـ )‪ (x ,y‬ﻟﺘﺤـﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻳـﺔ ﻧـﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻻﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﻋـﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠـﺪﻻﻟـﺔﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(0 , 0‬‬ ‫اﶈﻮر اﻻﻓﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪..‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ : (1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Polar Coordinates‬‬ ‫‪ .b‬ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫) ‪(x , y‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Polar Coordinates‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ r‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ ( x ,y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻥ )‪ (θ‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫)‪(0 , 0‬‬ ‫‪xx‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ : (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ‪.. x‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ 3 - 1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬

‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻚ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻚ ‪ ،165cm‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻫﻲ )‪ ، (165‬ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﻲ )‪ (cm‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺤﺠﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ( )‪ (Scalar quantities‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪ 40km/h‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ)‪ (Vector quantities‬ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﻭﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ υ‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪. a‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎً ﺑﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .c‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ) ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ (‪.‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ | ‪| A‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪.‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪ A‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ A‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 10‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ)‪. ((0‬‬ ‫‪ 37°‬ﻣﻊ ‪
r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪37°‬‬ ‫
‬‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ B‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 90°‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪/‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ | ‪ | A‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫
‬‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ) ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ( ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬

‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺒﺮﺍً ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫)) ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺆال‬
‫?‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ((‪.‬‬
‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎً ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎً ‪-:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 3N‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫
‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ‪ υ‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 5m/s‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 37°‬ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎل‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ | F | = 3N‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ‪. F = 3N‬‬
‫ﻏﺮب‬
‫‪F = 3N‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺷﺮق‬ ‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻏﺮﺑﺎً‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪. x‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮب‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ْ‪ θ = 180‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ .... x‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (7‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎل‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ υ = 5m/s‬ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ْ‪ 37‬ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫‪37°‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻱ‪ 37ْ :‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ‪ y‬ﺑﺎﻷﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫‪υ = 5m/s‬‬
‫ْ‪θ = 127‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮق‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪θ = 37 o + 90 o = 127 o‬‬

‫ﻏﺮب‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪.... x‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮب‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪4- 1‬‬
‫‪Some properties of Vectors‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪Equality‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪r
B‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘـﻄﺔ ﺑـﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣـﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪....‬ﻻﺣـﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫⇀⇀⇀⇀‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫)‪(0,0‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠـﻬﺎﺕ ‪ (A , B , C , D‬ﻫـﻲ ﻣـﺘﺠﻬـﺎﺕ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫⇀⇀ ⇀‬
‫‪A =B=C=D‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻻﺣﻈـﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ )‪ (10‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻟـﻪ‬
‫‪v
r‬‬
‫‪v PP‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑـﺪﺍﻳـﺔ‪ P1‬ﻭﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﺔ ﻫـﻲ ‪ P2‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ‪ P‬ﻭﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪P‬ﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ‪
r‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪r
A‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪P4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪P‬‬‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪r
B‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ B‬ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪
r .‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪(0,0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪Negative of a Vector‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺳـﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻫـﻮ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴﺎً ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(11‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪r
A‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫
‬‫‪r‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺑـﺎﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ -A‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫
‬ ‫
‬
‫‪-A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪v v‬‬

‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪(rA+B‬‬‫‪r‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪v‬‬
‫
‬ ‫
‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪r Av‬ﺛـﻢ
ﻧـﺼـﻞ ﺑــﺨــﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪
r‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪r v‬‬

‫
‬
‫
‪r‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ B‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13b‬‬
‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪r
A‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ R‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪: Resultant Vector‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(13b‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀ ‪v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪R = A+B‬‬
‫)‪⇀v(13c‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬‫‪v‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ) ‪ ( B + A‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‪ Av‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ Bv‬ﻻﺣﻆ‪
r‬‬‫ً‬
‫‪r
v‬‬ ‫
‪r‬‬
‫‪ r‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪R‬‬
‫
‬
‫⇀‬
‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ‪v :‬‬
‫‪A+ B = B + A‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫)‪(Commutative‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(13c‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (14‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫
‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫
‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀ ‪v‬‬
‫‪R = A + A = 2A‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
R‬‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ‬
‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ‪v
R‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪R = A + A = 2A‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪
Ar‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ
‪r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(14‬‬

‫‪⇀v ⇀v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ)‪( A - B‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫) ⇀‬
‫‪⇀A-B‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﺡ‪v v‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪r
r‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ) ‪ A‬و ‪ (-B‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫
‬
‫⇀ ‪v v‬‬ ‫⇀‪v v‬‬ ‫⇀ ‪vv‬‬‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫‪vv v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫)‪A - B = A+A(-B‬‬
‫‪- B = A+‬‬
‫)‪A - B(-B‬‬
‫)‪= A+ (-B‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(15‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪ R‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ R‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫
‬‫‪r‬‬ ‫
‬‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪.( a , b ) (16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16a‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16b‬‬
‫)‪(16b‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪Vector Analysis‬‬

‫‪Ry‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ R‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪) x‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬‫ﺗﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ ‪
r‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ( ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪v‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺮ‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫
‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫)ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ( ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ R‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺗﻪ‪
r .‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17‬‬
‫)‪(17‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ ( R‬ﻳﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﺿﻠﻌﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪ R‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ )‪v , Rv‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ)‪Pythagorean‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ، ( 18‬ﻭﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ‪
r‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ‪
r‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ (Theorem‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪R‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪R = Rx 2 + R y 2‬‬
‫‪rR‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫
‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪Ry‬‬
‫‪ètan‬‬
‫‪tan‬‬
‫=‪= θ‬‬
‫‪Ry‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ،θ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪R‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪RX‬‬ ‫‪Rx‬‬ ‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(18‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﻜﻨّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺩﻧﺎﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Rx‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫= ‪cos θθ‬‬ ‫‪⇒ R x = R cos θθ‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪Ry‬‬
‫= ‪sin θθ‬‬ ‫‪⇒ Ry‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪= R sin θθ -:‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪ 3‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 175m‬ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 50‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪X‬‬
‫ﺟﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪
r. Av‬‬
‫‪°‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫
‬‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪ /‬ﻧﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﻓﺘﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪( 19‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Ax = A cosθθ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪AAxx ==(175‬‬
‫‪(175m‬‬
‫‪m))××cos‬‬
‫‪cos50‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪50o‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪AAxx ==(175‬‬
‫‪(175m‬‬
‫××))‪m‬‬
‫)‪×(0.643‬‬
‫)‪(0.643‬‬
‫‪AAxx ==112.53‬‬
‫‪112.53m‬‬‫‪m‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ) sine‬ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ( ‪:‬‬

‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ sine‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ sine‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪R‬‬‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪β‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬ ‫==‬ ‫=‬
‫⇀‬ ‫‪sinθ sin‬‬
‫‪sinγ‬‬ ‫‪sin aα sin‬‬
‫‪sin bβ‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪4‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪vA‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻃﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺼﻨﻊ‬ ‫‪14cm‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪°‬‬
‫
‬
‫‪ 20cm‬ﻭﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪°‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪ B ، A‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪. R‬‬
‫‪
r
r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫
‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫
‬ ‫
‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪AAx =Acosθ‬‬
‫‪X = A COSθ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫
‬
‫‪= 14cm × cos60 o‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪= 14 × 0.5‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫
‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫
‬ ‫‪= 7cm‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(22‬‬
‫‪A y = A sinθ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪= 14cm × sin60 o‬‬
‫‪= 14 × 0.866‬‬
‫‪= 12.12cm‬‬
‫== ‪x‬‬
‫‪BB‬‬ ‫‪BA‬‬
‫‪cos‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫‪COSθ‬‬ ‫= ‪Byy‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪B sin θ‬‬
‫‪= Asinθ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪= 20cm × cos20 o‬‬ ‫‪= 20cm × sin20 o‬‬

‫‪= 20 × 0.940‬‬ ‫‪= 20 × 0.342‬‬
‫‪== 18.8cm‬‬
‫‪18.79 cm‬‬ ‫‪= 6.84cm‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪6.84 cm‬‬

‫‪R y = Ay + B y‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ )‪( R y‬‬
‫‪R y = 12.12 + 6.84‬‬
‫‪=18.96cm‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪R x = Ax + B x‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺘﻴﻦ )‪( R x‬‬
‫‪= 7 + 18.79‬‬
‫‪= 25.79cm‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪ R‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ‪R = R x 2 + R y 2‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪R = (25.79) 2 + (18.96) 2‬‬
‫‪R = 32cm‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ‪ R‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ry‬‬
‫= ‪tanθθ‬‬
‫‪Rx‬‬
‫‪18.96‬‬
‫= ‪tan θ‬‬ ‫‪= 0.735‬‬
‫‪25.79‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪x‬‬

‫ْ‪∴ èθ =36‬‬
‫∴‬ ‫‪= 36‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ 6 - 1‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ‪Multiplication of vectors‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ﺍﻥ ﻧﻀﺮﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﻧﻀﺮﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ) ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ ( ) ‪Scalar product (dot product‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﺎً‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺎً ‪ :‬ﻻﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪u uv‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫‪K, K‬‬
‫‪L,M‬‬
‫‪L,N‬‬ ‫(
(‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺕ‬
‫‪M,N‬‬
‫
‬
‫) )‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪vv vv‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪1 ........... rK = rN‬‬
‫‪vv vv vv vv‬‬
‫‪
L‬‬ ‫‪2 ......... K + L +
N =
L‬‬
‫‪
K‬‬ ‫‪
r
rvvK +
rvvN =
r0‬‬
‫‪3 ..........‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ
‪
.r 1‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪. 2‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪3 , 2‬‬
‫‪
N‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ‪3 ، 2 ،1‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪vv‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬اذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪ K , L‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪) K‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
‪
r:‬‬
‫‪r v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ( ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‪r
L‬‬
‫‪ 8 (a‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪ 4 3 (b‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪135‬‬
‫‪ 4 2 (c‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪ 8 2 (d‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪v v vv v‬‬
‫‪rP , rN , M‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﳌﺠﺎور ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ‪,rL , rK‬‬
‫‪ّ -7‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫

‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫⇀ ⇀⇀⇀⇀‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪1 ..... K + L - M - N = - 2P‬‬
‫⇀ ⇀⇀⇀‬
‫‪2 .... K + L + M + N = 0‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀ ⇀⇀‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫‪
r 4 .... - (K‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪3 .... N+ M = P‬‬
‫‪r
P‬‬ ‫⇀‪⇀+‬‬ ‫‪L ) = -P‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪. 1‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﺎﻥ ‪.2 ، 1‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ‪.3 ، 2 ، 1‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪r
M‬‬ ‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪. 4‬‬

‫‪ - 8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫‪vv‬‬
‫‪
r. Rv
r‬‬
‫‪ B , A‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪v v‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (a‬و )‪ (b‬و )‪ (c‬و )‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪. A+ B‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫س‪/3‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍً ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺎً ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫س‪/ 4‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪
A + B = 0‬‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﺔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ؟‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫س‪ /6‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪A = 12 m‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬ ‫س‪ /7‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ A = 12 m‬ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪B = 9 m‬‬
‫
‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ‪ R = 3 m‬ﻭﺿﺢ‪ uv‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫
‬
‫‪B =9m‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫س‪ /8‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪
A‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪
B‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ )‪(B , A‬؟‬
‫
‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫س‪/1‬‬
‫‪vv‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (x , y‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ )‪ ( 2 , -3‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫‪
r
r‬‬
‫‪rA‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎً ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ؟‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪uv uv‬‬ ‫س‪/2‬‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫‪
rB‬‬ ‫‪
Ar‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ )‪
(A . B‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ)‪(
A , B‬‬
‫‪113 o‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‪v‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺫﺍ‪v‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪A = 4units , B = 5units‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫س‪/3‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪
A‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪ (6units‬ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ‪
B‬ﻳﺴﺎوي‬
‫)‪ (4units‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪ 300‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (x ، y‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪v v‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪ 4‬وﺣﺪا‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪
r
r‬‬
‫‪A × B‬‬
‫ت‬
‫‪r
B‬‬ ‫ْ‪30‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ 6‬وﺣﺪات‬
‫‪r
A‬‬ ‫ﺱ ‪/4‬‬
‫)‪ (25N‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ْ‪127‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺍﻥ ‪cos 37ْ = 0.8 :‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪sin 37ْ = 0.6‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ْ‪127‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪F‬‬‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤـﺮﻛـﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄـﻴـﺔ ‪Linear Motion‬‬
‫‪ 1-2‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-2‬ﺃﻃﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-2‬ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻵﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7-2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9-2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10-2‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11-2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12-2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ)ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪Position‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪Uniform Linear Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪Accelerated Linear Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Displacement‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫‪Velocity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪Average Velocity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫‪Speed‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫‪Average Speed‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫‪Instantaneous Velocity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Instantaneous Speed‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻻﻧﻲ‬
‫‪Acceleration‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Free Falling‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ‬
‫‪Projectiles Motion‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Two Dimension Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫‪Reference Frames‬‬ ‫ﺃﻃﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫‪Reference Point‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫‪Gravity Acceleration‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Graph‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬‫‪-‬ﻳ ّ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃُ ُﻃﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺤﻞ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪Motion Description‬‬ ‫‪1-2‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣـﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﻜﺎﻧـﻴﻚ )‪ (Mechanics‬ﻫـﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓـﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻳﻨﻴﻤﺎﺗﻚ ) ‪ ، ( kinematics‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳُ ْﻌ َﻨﻰ ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺒﱢﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻳﻨﻤﻚ )‪ ، (Dynamics‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺒﱢــﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻧﻤـﺎﻁ ﺃﺳـﺎﺳﻴﱠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﻑ ً‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻟـﻼﺟﺴـﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻲ ﺣـﺎﻟــﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ‬
‫)‪ (Motion in one dimension‬ﺛـﻢ ﻧﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑُﻌﺪﻳﻦ )‪ (Motion in two dimensions‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃُﻃﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪Frame of Reference‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻐـﻴﱡﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗُﻌﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧـﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤـﺜﻼ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻓﻘـﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪ .‬ﻓـﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺗُﻜـّﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )ﻛﺎﻻﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻝ( ﺃﻃﺮ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃَﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎ ٍﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻐﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪28‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺋﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻛﻀﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻴّﺮﻭﺍ ﻣـﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬـﻢ ﻧـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻖ ﻛـﺎﻃـﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫)ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ‪ .‬أﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ؟‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 3‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪ reference point‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫‪3-2‬‬
‫‪Position, Displacement and Distance‬‬
‫ﻒ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﻦ َ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻗ َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (20m‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫❃ ‪ 20m‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ( ‪.‬‬
‫❃ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ )ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ( ‪.‬‬
‫❃ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻟـﻺﺣـﺪﺍﺛـﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻜـﺎﺭﺗـﻴـﺰﻳـﺔ‬
‫)‪ (x , y, z‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (4‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4‬‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫‪v vv v‬‬
‫اﻻزاﺣﺔ)‪x(m‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬‫‪v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‪x‬‬
‫‪�x‬‬
‫‪∆x‬‬ ‫‪f - xi‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫‪υ avg‬‬
‫‪vavg . = slope‬‬
‫‪avg‬‬ ‫=‬
‫=‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫
‬ ‫�‬
‫‪∆tf - t i‬‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪∆x‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ) ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ – ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ(‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪v v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫اﻟﺰﻣﻦ)‪t(s‬‬ ‫⇀‬‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪xvf - x i �x‬‬
‫‪∆x‬‬
‫‪υvavg‬‬ ‫== ‪υ avg‬‬
‫‪avg . = slope‬‬
‫
‬ ‫� ‪tf - ti‬‬‫‪∆tt‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪: Average speed‬‬ ‫‪5-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ) ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ( ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪v v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪xDistance‬‬
‫‪f - xi‬‬ ‫‪traveled‬‬
‫‪υ avg‬‬
‫‪Average Speed(v‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫=‬
‫‪interval‬‬
‫‪avg‬‬
‫‪t f -time‬‬
‫‪t i taken‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ) ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ( ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻳﻀﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺘﻴﻦ )‪( M , K‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7‬ﺗﺴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ B‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ K‬ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ ، B‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ‪ M‬ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪. B‬‬
‫)‪ (10s‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ‪ . K‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﻄﻮﻋـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ‪ K‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (100m‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪.(130m‬‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬B ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‬A

K ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
K ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬ K ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
100m =
M ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬ M ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
M ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ‬
‫ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤ‬
130m
‫ﻨﻴﺔ‬ (7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
:‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‬

:(K) ‫ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
Distance traveled
Distance traveled 100(m)
100(m)
Average
Averagespeed (k) (k)
speed = = = = = 10m/s
= 10m/s
Time interval(s)
Time interval(s) 10(s)
10(s)
(K)
vavg ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
v(m/s)
avg (m/s)
crossed
crossed
Distance distance100(m)
distance
traveled 130(m)
130(m)
Average
Average
Average speed
speedspeed
(k) =(M) =
(M) = = = 13m/s
13m/s
= 10m/s
TimeTime
Time interval
interval (s) (s) 10(s)10(s)
interval(s)
(M) ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
v(m/s)
avg (m/s)
vvavgavg(m/s)
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‬
:ً‫ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬
Average
Average velocity
⇀= =)(m/s)
((k)
velocity |(k)
υ |
crossed
crossed
=
distance(∆x)(m)
displacement
distance(∆x)(m)traveled
=
100(m)
100(m)
= = 10m/s= 10m/s
avg
Time
Time Timeinterval (∆t)(s) 10(s) 10(s)
interval(∆t)
interval (∆t)(s)
(K)
vvavg ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
(m/s)
avg(m/s)
⇀= =)(m/s)
((k)
velocity|(k)
crossed distance(∆x)(m)
displacement 100(m)100(m)
traveled
υ avg | =
crossed distance(∆x)(m)
Average
Average velocity = = = 10m/s = 10m/s
Time
Time interval
interval
Time (∆t)(s) 10(s) 10(s)
(∆t)(s)
interval(∆t)
(M) ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
vvavg (m/s)
avg (m/s)
: ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
. ‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
33 ‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ )‪ (x‬ﻓﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻀﻲ) ‪ (80s‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (B‬ﺧﻼﻝ )‪ .(20s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ )‪. (80s‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ) ‪. ( 80s‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪. (100s‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪. (100s‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪/‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ)‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪: (C‬‬
‫) ‪distance traveled 600 ( m‬‬

‫=‪Average speed‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=7.5 m/s‬‬
‫‪time interval‬‬ ‫) ‪80 ( s‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪: (C‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ‪،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ) ‪ (+x‬ﻓﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫=‬
‫)‪Dispacement traveled(∆x)(m‬‬
‫= ‪Average velocity‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪displacement‬‬
‫)‪600(m‬‬
‫‪= 7.5m/s‬‬
‫)‪traveled ∆x 600(m‬‬
‫)‪Dispacement traveled(∆x)(m‬‬
‫=‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪= 7.5m/s‬‬
‫)‪Time interval(∆t)(s‬‬
‫)‪υavg (m/s‬‬ ‫‪time interval ∆t‬‬
‫‪80(s)Time‬‬ ‫)‪interval(∆t)(s‬‬
‫) (‬
‫)‪80(s‬‬
‫‪vavg‬‬
‫‪avg‬‬ ‫)‪(m/s‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (B‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Total distance‬‬
‫‪distance‬‬‫)‪traveled(m‬‬
‫‪traveled‬‬ ‫‪600+200‬‬
‫‪AverageAverage‬‬
‫=‪speed = speed‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 8m/s‬‬
‫‪Timetime‬‬
‫)‪interval(s‬‬
‫‪interval‬‬ ‫‪80 + 20‬‬
‫)‪vavg (m/s‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻳـﺔ ﻟﺤـﻈـﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺤـﻨﻲ‬
‫) ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣـﺔ – ﺍﻟـﺰﻣـﻦ ( ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴـﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﺮﺃﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻻﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬
‫) ‪(Motion with constant velocity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ ‫‪7-2‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ‬

‫ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨـﺪﺋﺬ ﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﻧﺠـﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘــﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ‪150m‬‬
‫)‪x (m‬‬
‫ﻓـﻲ ﻛـﻞ )‪ (15s‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪400‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪ 10m/s‬ﻭﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧـﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﻄـﻄﺎ‬
‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪∆x‬‬
‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪θ ∆t‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ )ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ – ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ( ﺃﻱ ) ‪ ( x-t‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫)‪t (s‬‬ ‫)‪ (12‬ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻴﻞ ﻫــﺬﺍ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪= slope = r‬‬

‫‪∆x‬‬
‫) ‪υ ( m/s‬‬ ‫)‪r
υ (m/s‬‬
‫)‪v (m/s‬‬
‫‪avg‬‬ ‫‪avg‬‬
‫
‬
‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺭﺳﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ) ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ( ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻻﻥ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪15 30‬‬ ‫) ‪45 t ( s‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(13‬‬

‫‪ - b‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪∆υ υ f - υi‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫= ‪a‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪a∆t = υ f - υi‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪∆t‬‬
‫‪υ f = υi + a∆t‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - c‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ υi + υ f ‬‬
‫‪∆x = ‬‬ ‫‪ ∆t‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ υf = υi + a∆t‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ υ + (υi + a∆t ) ‬‬
‫‪∆x =  i‬‬ ‫‪ ∆t‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 2υi ∆t + a ( ∆t )2 ‬‬
‫‪∆x = ‬‬ ‫∆‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪∆ x = υi ∆t + ½ a ( ∆t )2‬‬
‫‪ - d‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫} ‪{∆x = ½ (υ i + υf ) ∆t‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ )‪ (2‬ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2∆x = (υi + υf ) ∆t‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ ( υi + υf‬ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪2∆x / (υi + υf ) = ∆t‬‬
‫‪υf = υi + a ∆t‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻮﺽ ﻋﻦ ‪ ∆t‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪υ f = υi + a × 2 ∆x / (υi + υf‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪-:‬‬
‫) ‪υ f - υi = a × 2 ∆x / (υi + υf‬‬
‫‪υ f 2 - υi 2 = a × 2 ∆x‬‬
‫‪υ f 2 = υi 2 + 2 a ∆x‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( υi‬‬ ‫)‪= 0‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫‪υ f = 2a∆x‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (16‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺃﻥ ‪υ N = 25 m/s ، υ M = 30 m/s ، υ L = 30 m/s ، υK = 20 m/s‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ ( t1= 0s ) (1‬و ) ‪ ( t2 =10s‬ﺑﲔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ) ‪.(K, L‬‬
‫)‪ (t2 = 10s )(2‬و ) ‪ (t3 =15s‬ﺑﲔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ )‪.(L , M‬‬
‫)‪ (t3 =15s ) (3‬و ) ‪ (t4=20s‬ﺑﲔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ )‪.( M, N‬‬
‫)‪ ( t1 = 0s ) (4‬و ) ‪ ( t4 =20s‬ﺑﲔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ )‪.( K, N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ )‪( υ - t‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (16‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪: K , L‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪∆υ‬‬ ‫‪υ - υK‬‬
‫‪aa(oA‬‬
‫= ) ‪KL‬‬ ‫‪= L‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪tL - tK‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16‬‬
‫‪30 - 20‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ (‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=1m/s 2‬‬
‫‪10 - 0‬‬
‫‪∆υ‬‬ ‫‪υ - υL‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬

‫‪aa( LM‬‬
‫= ) ‪oB‬‬ ‫‪= M‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪tM - tL‬‬
‫) ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ (‬ ‫=‬
‫‪30 - 30‬‬
‫‪=0m/s 2‬‬
‫‪15 - 10‬‬
‫‪∆υ‬‬ ‫‪υ - υM‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫‪aa( MN‬‬
‫= ) ‪BC‬‬ ‫‪= N‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪tN - tM‬‬
‫) ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﻻﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ (‬ ‫=‬
‫‪25 - 30‬‬
‫‪= -1m/s 2‬‬
‫‪20 - 15‬‬
‫‪∆υ‬‬ ‫‪υN - υK‬‬ ‫)‪(4‬‬

‫‪aa(BC‬‬
‫= ) ‪KN‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪tN - tK‬‬
‫) ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎً ﻻﻧﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ (‬

‫‪25 - 20‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 0.25m/s 2‬‬
‫‪20 - 0‬‬

‫ﻭﻳـﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑـﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿـﻴﺔ ﻋــﻠﻰ ﺳﻄـﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬

‫‪v‬‬
‫)‪ (g‬ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ
‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒـﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒــﺬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠـﻴﻞ ﺗـﺎﺛﻴـﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻋـﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺩﻧﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗـﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻓـﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻓـﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ‪g=-9.8m/s 2 ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ) ‪ ( -10m/s 2‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20‬‬
‫) ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪ (Free fall‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(20‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪11-2‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ) ‪ ( υi =0‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪υ f = g t ……………….(1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪∆y‬‬ ‫)‪g t 2 ……….…..(2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪υf = 2gy‬‬ ‫)‪………….(3‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫* ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ؟‬
‫* ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ (-x‬ﻭﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ )ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪(+x‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻡ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ؟‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (21‬ﻓﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ )‪ . (3s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫)‪ (1s‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻲ )‪(g=-10 m/ s2‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(21‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ υ I‬ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ = ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪y = ½ g(t)2‬‬
‫‪y = ½ ( -10) × (3)2‬‬
‫‪y = - 45 m‬‬
‫* ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ )‪. (h = + 45 m‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺇﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪υ f = υ i + g× t‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ f = 0 +(-10) ×3 =-30m/s‬‬
‫* ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ )‪ (1s‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪υf = υi+gt‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ f = 0 +(-10) × 1 = -10m/s‬‬
‫* ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ )‪ ، (1s‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪y = ½ g× (t)2‬‬
‫‪y = ½ ( -10) × (1)2 = -5m‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ )‪(h = 45 -5 =40 m‬‬

‫‪t1= 4s‬‬ ‫‪ - 4‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪(vi = 0‬‬
‫‪1 1 2 22‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆yh= gtgt‬‬
‫=‪h‬‬ ‫‪2 22‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫=‪-80‬‬ ‫‪-80= ( -10‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪) t)22 t 2222‬‬
‫‪-10‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪-80‬‬
‫‪-80‬‬
‫= ‪t 22‬‬
‫‪t 2222 = =16‬‬ ‫‪=16‬‬
‫‪-5-5‬‬
‫‪t 22 =45s‬‬
‫‪t 2 =45‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺇﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪υf = υi + gt 2‬‬
‫ﺍﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪ t‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻟﻬﺎ = ‪8s‬‬
‫‪υf = 40 + ( -10 ) × 8‬‬
‫‪υf = −40 m/s‬‬
‫‪Motion in a Plane‬‬ ‫‪ 12-2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ )ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ(‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺟـﺴﺎﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣــﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎء ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻼﻝ ﻭ )ﺣـﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ( ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ) ‪ 23‬و ‪. (24‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺑـﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻘـﻲ )‪ (x-axis‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ )‪y-‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(23‬‬
‫‪ ، (axis‬ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧـﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭﻳﻦ ‪x‬‬
‫‪ , y‬ﻭﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(24‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - a‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻪ ) ‪) ( t‬ﻧﻌﻮﺽ ﻋﻦ ‪g‬‬
‫‪rise‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻻﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ(‬
‫‪υfy = υi sinθ – g t rise‬‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪υυfyiy‬‬ ‫‪υi sinθ‬‬
‫= ‪t rise‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻭﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﺬﻓﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻗﺬﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻒ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ‪ t total‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ‬
‫‪2υυi isinθ‬‬
‫‪sinθ‬‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪t ttotal‬‬ ‫=‬
‫= ‪total‬‬
‫‪gg‬‬
‫‪ - b‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (hmax‬ﻳﺼﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫‪υyf = 0‬‬
‫‪υ2y f = υ2y i - 2 g ∆ y‬‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪0 = υ 2i sin2 θ - 2 g h‬‬
‫‪2g h = υ2 i sin2θ2‬‬
‫‪υυυiyiyiy2isin‬‬
‫‪sin 2 θθ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪hhmax‬‬ ‫=‬
‫= ‪max‬‬
‫‪max‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪R = υ xi t‬‬ ‫ﺑـ ) ‪ ( R‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻓﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪R = ( υ i cosθi ) t‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪∆y = υ iy t - gt 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2υ i sinθi‬‬
‫= ‪0 = ( υ i sinθi ) t - gt 2 ⇒ t‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ . (υyf =0‬ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

‫‪υy2f = υy2 i +2 gΔy‬‬
‫‪0 = (12)2+2 (-10)Δ y‬‬
‫‪Δ y = 144/ 20‬‬
‫‪Δ y = 7.2m‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ )‪(h = 7.2m‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υyf = υyi + g × t‬‬
‫‪O = 12 +(-10) × t1‬‬
‫‪t1=1.2s‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ] ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪. [ (h = 7.2m‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪Δ y = -7.2m‬‬
‫‪Δ y = ½ g × (t)2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪-7.2 = ½ ( -10) × (t2)2‬‬
‫‪-7.2 = -5 × (t2)2‬‬
‫‪t2 = 1.2 s‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ = ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ‪ +‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ = ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ × ‪2‬‬
‫‪2.4 s = 1.2 s + 1.2 s‬‬
‫‪ttotal = 2.4 s‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ = ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ υx = υi × cos θ‬ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪R = υx t total‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫‪R = 16 × 2.4 = 38.4m‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ . υ f‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫) ‪ ( υx = 16m/s‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪(υy f‬‬
‫‪υy f = υy i+ g × t 2‬‬

‫‪é‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫س‪\1‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺳﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻼﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺮﺝ ) ﺑﺈﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﺛﻘﻞ ﺳﻴﻀﺮﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ً‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻ ﻭﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻼﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﺛﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻼﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻼﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﺛﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ) ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ( ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ )ﺍﻫﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺴﻘﻂ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺧﻠﻔﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪é‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ؟‬ ‫‪ - 5‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪.( 50Km/h‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪.( 70km/h‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ )‪ (70km/h‬ﺍﻟﻰ )‪ ( 30km/h‬ﺧﻼﻝ )‪.(20s‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻘﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺒﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 40m/s‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ )‪. ( 60s‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻤﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ – ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ( ) ‪ ( υ - t‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪(υ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ – ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ( ﺍﻱ ) ‪ ( x-t‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ )‪(x‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫– ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ( ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫‪é‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﻗﺬﻑ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻪ )‪ (y‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎً ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ)‪a‬‬ ‫‪b) 2 y‬‬ ‫‪c) y‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪d)  1   y ‬‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪ 2  t ‬‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ) ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﻭ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء ( ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺄﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻼﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍء ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍء ﻭﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍء ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻭﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺈﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻼﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻴﺔ ؟‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ؟‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ )‪ (70km/h‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ؟ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ‪.‬‬ ‫س‪ /5‬ﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻭﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪é‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ ( 30m/s‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺑﺢ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ )‪ (6m/s 2‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (2s‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺑﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( 3‬ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﺳﻘﻂ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻄﺪﻡ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺑﻌﺪ )‪(2s‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (1s‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( 3‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺗُﺤﻠّﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ )‪ ( 150m/s‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ ( 2000m‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻗﺬﻑ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫)‪ ( 3s‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻗﺬﻓﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺬﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﺼﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( 3‬ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪The Laws of Motion‬‬
‫‪ 1-3‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ 2-3‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ 3-3‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ 4-3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ 5-3‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ‬
‫‪ 6-3‬ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫‪Laws of Motion‬‬ ‫ﻗ ﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪Mass‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫‪Force‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪The First Law of Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪Unit of Force‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪Weight‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪The Second Law of Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪The Third Law of Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪Friction‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫‪Coefficient of Friction‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫‪Static Friction‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫‪Kinetic Friction‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ -‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺤﻞ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ‪- :‬‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻞ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻘﺪﻣﻚ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬

‫ﻛﻤـﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬـﺔ ﺗﻤـﺎﻣـﺎً ﻣـﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﺮﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﻣﺤﻠﺰﻥ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(3‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(3‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻠﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﻴـﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟـــﺪﻓﻊ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜـﺒﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳـﺮ ﻭ)ﺍﻟﻠـﻲ( ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (4‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪ SI‬ﻫﻲ ‪. Newton‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟَ ْﻲ‬ ‫‪m‬‬
‫‪1N =1kg‬‬
‫‪s2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4‬‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪-‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﻗﺒﺎﻥ ﺣـﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜـﻞ )‪ (5‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺗـﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤـﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻓـﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ )‪(contact forces‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺃﺧـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻳﻨﻌـﺪﻡ ﻓﻴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬وﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﻤـﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗـﻮﻳﺔ ﺟـﺪﺍً ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺟـﺴـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗـﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤـﺲ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻘـﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺣـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺮﻏﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑــﺎﻟـﺮﻏﻢ ﻣــﻦ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﺧـﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤــﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ‪) .‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻠﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ (‪.‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺘـﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻟﻮﻙ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺻﻮﻑ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘــﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪-‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪58‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﻧﻮﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ‪ -:‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ )ﻧﻴﻮﻛﻠﻮﻧﺎﺕ( ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (9a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﻧﻮﻭﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ‪ -:‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(9b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪- :‬‬ ‫‪2-3‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (10‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺪﺣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜـﻞ ) ‪ ، ( 10-a‬ﻭﻋﻨـﺪ ﺟﻌـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳـﺎﺑـﻘـﺎً ﻭﺟــﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟــﻜﺮﺓ ﻓــﻲ ﻫـــﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤـﺎﻟـﺔ ﺗﺴﺘـﻤـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛـﺔ ﻭﺗﺘـﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻛﺒـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤـﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪.(10-b‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄـﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻓـﻘﻴﺎً‬
‫ﻭﺟـﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﻓــﻲ ﺣـﺮﻛﺘـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬
‫ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄـﺢ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪.( 10-c‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻌﺐ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔـﺮﺍﺩ ﻛـﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺴﺒﻮﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺬﻟﻬﺎ ﻻﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ، (11‬ﺗﺠـﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺍﻥ ﻛــﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺴﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻻﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻻﻳﻘــﺎﻑ ﻛـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻀﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺴﺒﻮﻝ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻻﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪- :‬‬ ‫‪3-3‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫))ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻓﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ((‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-a‬؟ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻗﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ‪.‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(12b‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺱ ﻓﻬﻮ‬

‫ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. ( 12c‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12c‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪( 12a‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (12b‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (12c‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ‪/‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﺴﺎء ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﺑﻬﺪﻭء ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(13a‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(13b‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﺰﺍﺡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(13c‬‬
‫)‪(c‬‬ ‫)‪(b‬‬ ‫)‪(a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻭﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺯﻭﺭﻕ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻳﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ( ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ؟‬
‫)‪(a‬‬ ‫ﻟﻶﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪F1‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺎوي ) ‪( a‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫)‪(b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2F1‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺎوي ) ‪( 2a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﻠﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫)‪(c‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻭﺍﻣﺴﻚ‬
‫‪F1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 ‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪ a ‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪(
F1‬‬
‫‪2 ‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(15‬‬

‫‪َ -‬‬
‫ﺿ ْﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ )‪ (m1‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ )‪(m2‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (16c‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪∑
F‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ a3‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪
1‬‬
‫‪
a 3 = 3‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ‪،‬‬
‫‪aa α‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪∑1 F:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫
∑‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﻴﻦ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪
α‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )‪ (m=1 kg‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪∑ F = 1N‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ )‪.(a=1 m/s2‬‬
‫‪Force = mass × acceleration‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫�
‬
‫‪ F = ma‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ )‪ (Fg‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )‪(w‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Weight = mass × acceleration of gravity‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪w = ma‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(17‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫�
‬‫‪F‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ma‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ a=g‬ﻭﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ( ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫⇀⇀‬
‫⇀ ( ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ )ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ) ‪g‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺺ‪:‬‬
‫)) ﻛﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫((‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪∑
F α 1d2 2‬‬
‫‪m m‬‬
‫‪First‬‬
‫‪First‬‬ ‫�‪mass‬‬
‫‪Firstmass‬‬
‫‪mass‬‬ ‫×‬
‫‪�second‬‬
‫�‬ ‫‪secondmass‬‬
‫‪second‬‬ ‫‪mass‬‬
‫‪mass‬‬
‫‪Gravitational‬‬
‫‪Gravitationalforse‬‬
‫‪Gravitational‬‬ ‫‪forse‬‬ ‫×‬
‫�‪forse===Constant‬‬
‫�‪Constant‬‬
‫�‪Constant‬‬
‫‪Displacemant‬‬
‫‪Distance‬‬
‫‪Distancesquare‬‬
‫‪Distance‬‬ ‫‪square‬‬
‫‪square‬‬
‫∑∑∑ ‪v‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪1 m‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪1 m‬‬ ‫‪12 m‬‬
‫∑‬
‫∑∑‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬‫=‬‫
‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬‫=‬‫‪G‬‬‫‪G‬‬ ‫ﺃﺫ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪d 2d d 2‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ ∑
F‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ G‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪. (6.67 × 10-11 N.m2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪( kg‬‬
‫‪ m1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ m2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(18‬‬
‫‪ d‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(19‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ )‪ (1N‬ﻭﺍﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺭﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﺍﻳﻀﺎً ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ )‪(1N‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ‪ .‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺖ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ؟ ) ﻭﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﻜﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺫﻫﺒﺎً ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ( ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪-:-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ , ( 20‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ )‪ (m1‬ﺑﻘﻮﺓ )‪
12‬‬
‫‪(F‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ v‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )‪ (m2‬ﺳﻴﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪ (F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫)‪
21‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪uv‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ‪uv‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20‬‬ ‫‪
F12 = - F 21‬ﻭﺗﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ (F‬ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F
12‬ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪
21‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ، ( 21‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ )‪ (hammer‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ‬

‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ (F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ )‪ (nail‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﺓ )‪
12‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪. (F‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ )‪
21‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺻﺎﻍ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(21‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻛﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ «‪.‬‬
‫* ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠـﻒ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(22‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(22‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺬﻳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺴﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺬﺍﻑ )ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ )ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. ( 23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(23‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻔﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻄﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﺢ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ )ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻓﻨﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺘﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ )ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(24‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(24‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(25‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(25‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻳﺠﺬﺏ‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺑﻨﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺬﺏ؟‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪Free body diagram‬‬ ‫‪5-3‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ )‪ (dynamic‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻧﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙ(‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪-: (30‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪
F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(30‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31a‬ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺯﻻﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺎً ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺟﺔ ﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31b‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31c‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(31‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪Friction‬‬ ‫‪6-3‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻟﺰﺝ ﻛﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺾ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪Friction force‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺸﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻴﺎً‬

‫ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴﺎً ﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﻣﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻭﻳﺮﻣــــﺰ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪ N‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻇﻬــــــﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ
‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(33‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺑ ّﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﻤﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ )‪ ( static friction force‬ﻭﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪.f
s‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ) ‪ (maximum‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺎً ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜــــــﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫) ‪ ( fs‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪ ، N‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪(f
fs s) max = µ s N‬‬
‫
‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪ µ s‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺗﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﺘﻘﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ )ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻲ( ‪ kinetic frictional force‬ﻭﻧﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ fk‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. ( 34‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪f
k = µ k N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(34‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ‪ µ K :‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ ‪ coefficient of kinetic friction‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (400kg‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺸﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻣ َ‬

‫ُﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ﺛﻢ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ‪ 30°‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ ‪. µ k =0.1‬‬
‫‪∴F‬‬
‫∴‬ ‫‪fxs = m g sin30°‬‬ ‫‪ ∵ -1‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫× ‪= 400 ××10‬‬
‫‪× 0.5‬‬
‫‪= 2000N‬‬

‫‪v‬‬
‫‪uv v‬‬
‫∑∴‬
‫‪Fnet
F=ma‬‬‫
‬
‫‪=ma‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪∴ mg sinθ - fFsk = ma‬‬

‫∴‬ ‫‪mg sinθ− µ- Fmg‬‬
‫‪- m (θmgcos30‬‬
‫‪mg‬‬ ‫‪ma = ma o‬‬
‫‪s = cos‬‬
‫‪400 sinθ‬‬
‫‪× 10 × ks0.5‬‬ ‫‪) = 400a‬‬
‫‪400 × 10 × 0.5 - µmk ( mgcos30 o ) = 400a‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2000 - 0.1 ( 400 × 10 × 3 ) = 400a‬‬
‫‪2000 - 0.1 ( 400 × 10 × 2 ) = 400a‬‬
‫‪2000 - 340 = 400a‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2000 - 340 = 400a‬‬
‫‪1660‬‬
‫‪a = 1660‬‬
‫‪a = 400‬‬
‫‪400‬‬
‫‪a = 4.15 m 22‬‬
‫‪a = 4.15 m‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫‪m/s‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫‪s2‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (150kg‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(a‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺎﺣﺒﺔ )‪ (300N‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 37°‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ )ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻲ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪mg sinθ.( − fµks mg‬‬
‫‪= 0.1cos‬‬ ‫‪θ = ma‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ)‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪∑F‬‬ ‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬

‫‪FFxfs ===FFFsX‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫‪fs ===FFcosθ‬‬
‫‪Fcosθ‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪334‬‬
‫‪fs ===300‬‬
‫‪F300‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫×‬
‫×‬ ‫‪==240N‬‬
‫‪240N‬‬
‫‪55‬‬

n = w -N nnF=
=w
y
w -- F Fy
y
= 1500= =- 15001500
300 sinθ -- 300300 sinθ
sinθ
N
=w-F y 3300 × 33
=
= 1500=- 1500 300 ×- 300 × 5
1500 -
= 1500 - 300 sinθ 5 5
= 15003= =- 15001500
180 =1320N -- 180180 =1320N
=1320N
= 1500 - 300 × Ffss = FX240 240
Fs µ5= 240 F
(fs ) µmax= = µ µs == n = 1320
N s =
= 1500 - 180 n=1320N 1320
n 1320
= 0.18 = 0.18 = 0.18
F 240
= s =
n 1320 -2
= 0.18
F=600N ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
F=600No
Fcos37 o =600 × 0.8=480N ‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
Fcos37o =600 × 0.8=480N
F=600N=600 × 0.6=360N
Fsin37
o=600 × 0.6=360N
o
Fsin37
F=600N ‫ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
∑
Fcos37
∑
Fy=0 =600 × 0.8=480N
F=600N
F=600N
Fy=0 o =600 × 0.8=480N
o
Fcos37
F=600N
Fsin37 =600 × 0.6=360N
N=w-Fsin37
n
Fcos37 =
Fcos37o=600
N=w-Fsin37 oo o
w =600-=600 × 0.8=480N
F ×y×0.6=360N
0.8=480N
∑
o
Fsin37
Fcos37 Fy=0
=1500-360=1140N =600 × 0.8=480N
× 0.6=360N
∑ -×300 -: ‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ‬
oo o
=1500-360=1140N
Fsin37
Fsin37
Fy=0 = 1500
=600=600 sinθ
0.6=360N
fN=w-Fsin37
Fsin37 =m No
=600 × 0.6=360N
f∑ ∑
k k
k =mFy=0kN
Fy=0 3
∑
ο
N= w =-
=1500-360=1140N
=0.1×1140=114N
Fy=0 1500
Fsin37 - 300 ×
=0.1×1140=114N 5
∑
N=w-Fsin37
N=w-Fsin37
=1500-360=1140N
fN=w-Fsin37
k =mFx=ma N1500 - 180 =1320N
∑
k=
Fx=ma
=1500-360=1140N
=1500-360=1140N
f=1500-360=1140N
k =m k N =ma
=0.1×1140=114N
Fcos37-f kFs 240
µ
Fcos37-f =ma (‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻲ‬
∑
f =m
f=0.1×1140=114N
=m
kk k kk k N
= Nk =
Fx=ma
f480-114=150a
k =m k N n 1320
∑ 480-114=150a
=0.1×1140=114N
=0.1×1140=114N
Fx =ma
Fcos37-f = 0.18
=0.1×1140=114N
366=150a k =ma→ a=2.44m/s 22 ‫ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
∑ ∑FFx=ma
366=150a Fx=ma → a=2.44m/s
∑
ο
480-114=150a
Fcos37 x =ma -f k =ma
Fcos37-f
Fcos37-f ο kk → k =ma
=ma
480-114=150a
366=150a
Fcos37 -fk =ma a=2.44m/s 2
480-114=150a
480-114=150a
366=150a
480-114=150a ⇒ a=2.44m/s 2
366=150a
366=150a →→ a=2.44m/s
a=2.44m/s 22 2
366=150a ⇒ a=2.44m/s 2
75 ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫♘‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺤﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎً ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ - 2‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻴﻦ ﻻﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺳﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺳﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺳﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺟﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻤﻮﺝ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﺎﻥ )‪ (m1 , m2‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ m‬ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﻠﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ‪ m‬ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ )‪: (T‬‬

‫‪m1‬‬
‫‪T= 0 (a‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T< m2 g (b‬‬
‫‪m2‬‬ ‫‪T =m2 g (c‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫♘‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (m‬ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪. (mg‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎً )‪. (mg‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ)‪. (mg‬‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ )‪ (m1 ,m2‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﻠﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ m1= 4kg‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ m2=2kg‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ F‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 12N‬ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪ m1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﻦ ؟‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 4kg‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺸﻦ‬

‫‪m1 =4kg‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻠﺴﺎء ﻭﻣﻬﻤﻠــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑـﺎﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺴـﻠﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘـﻪ‬
‫‪ 10kg‬ﻭﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )‪ (m1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪m 2 =10kg‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪.6m/s2‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 1kg‬ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺴﻘﻒ ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ )‪ (T‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪2m/s2‬‬
‫)ﻣﺼﻌﺪ(‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪2m/s2‬‬

‫♘‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (20N‬ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (2kg‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﻠﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 3s‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪء ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺣﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﺪ ‪.‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 30o‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻳﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 30o‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Torque and Equilibrium‬‬
‫‪ 1-4‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺗﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ 2-4‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ 3-4‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ 4-4‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
‫‪ 5-4‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫‪ 6-4‬ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ 7-4‬ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ 8-4‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ 9-4‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Concept Of Equilibrium‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪1 -4‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺘ ُﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴ َﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ )ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ (‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ً‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫⇀‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫=‪a‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴ َﻢ ﺳﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬ ‫‪∑ F⇀F=0‬‬
‫)‪= 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ( ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﱠ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺗﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬ ‫ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻲ )‪ (static equilibrium‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﺑﺈﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺗّﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﻲ )‪.(dynamic equilibrium‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪2-4‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴ ُﻢ ﻣﺘﺰﻧﺎً ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻹﺗﱢﺰﺍﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ( ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ )ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫‪∑ F⇀F=0‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ‪= 0:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻭ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺳﻜﻤﺎ (‬ ‫)ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪∑ F‬‬

‫‪=0‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( x , y‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪∑ F⇀Fxx =0= 0 , ( ∑ Fy = 0‬‬
‫‪∑ F⇀F =0= 0 , ( ∑ F‬‬
‫‪xy‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫)‪=0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪-‬ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪82‬‬

‫‪Ty = w‬‬
‫‪T sin530 = w‬‬
‫‪(25) × (0.8) = w‬‬
‫‪w = 20N‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫‪Rotational equilibrium‬‬ ‫‪ 3 - 4‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫‪F1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪F3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫‪v v v‬‬
‫‪ (
F1 , F‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ) ‪
2 , F
3‬‬
‫‪F2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(3‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ‬
‫)‪ (O‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪F1‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪F3‬‬ ‫∑(‬
‫‪.
F = 0‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺳﺘﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫‪F2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫‪vv‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪∑
τ = 0‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫)(‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪
τ‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Torque‬‬ ‫‪ 4 - 4‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎً ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﺎً ﺍﻭ ﺷﺒﺎﻛﺎً ﺍﻭ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫)(‬
‫ﻣﺪﻭﺭ )ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ‪. τ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻂ )‪ (spanner‬ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. ( 6‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍً ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺎً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﺍﻱ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻣﺎً ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ )ﺍﻭﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻏﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﻠﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ‪F
1‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (ℓ1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫⇀‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (7a‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7a‬‬ ‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪-‬ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬

‫‪v‬‬
‫‪( 2F‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺇﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ )ﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (7b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7b‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪:‬‬
‫⇀ ⇀‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ταF‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ( ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (ℓ2‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪..... ℓ2 < ℓ1 :‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7c‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺏ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗـﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒـﺮﻏﻲ ﺗﺠـﺪ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7c‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪,‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ ‪F‬‬ ‫‪τα l‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪
:‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪ A‬ﺳﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ )‪ (F‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫)‪ (ℓ1‬ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7d‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ) ﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7d‬‬ ‫‪ θ‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ( ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪τα‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪
l Sin q‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( θ‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫‪(
=FF
,=lr F‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ)‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪q‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ‪q‬‬
‫‪l Sin‬‬
‫‪Sin‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪. (10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(11‬‬
‫‪v v‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍً=
‪t‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪r � F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪ (O‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻻﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬
‫‪v v‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬ ‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪t
= r � F‬‬ ‫‪vv v v vuv vvuv uvuv‬‬
‫== ‪
t
t‬‬ ‫‪r .
tτα‬‬
‫� ‪r‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫�‪r‬‬
‫‪==OA‬‬
‫�‪
t‬‬ ‫‪rF‬‬‫‪�FF‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ= ‪t‬‬
‫)ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪r �( F‬‬
‫
‬ ‫‪v v‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (O‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪(O‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‪t
= r‬‬
‫‪�F‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12‬ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12‬‬ ‫‪
= FF1l Sin q‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (O‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (O‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪
= F‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪F2l‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‪Sin‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪q .‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫⇀‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ‪ τ max‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪τ max
== F⊥�. ll‬‬ ‫)‪ (13a‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻼ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 13b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪τ‬‬
‫(‬‫‪τ‬‬ ‫)(‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ) ‪= 0‬‬
‫‪(τ )
= F‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13C‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪. l = 0 :‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( a , b‬ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺰﻣﺎً ﺃﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(a‬‬ ‫)‪(b‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ )‪ ( 0.20m‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫) ‪ (20N‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (14‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫ﻧﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪ (FX‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﺭﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧـﺮﻯ ) ‪ ( Fy‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﺑﻤـﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪ (FX‬ﺗﻤـﺮ ﻓـﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ )ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(14‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ( ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪p=µs N .................(1‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪∑
y = 0 ⇒ N-mg=0‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫)‪mg=N .................(2‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪µN‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(2‬‬

‫⇒ ‪= s‬‬ ‫‪= µs‬‬
‫‪mg‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪mg‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻺﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻧﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ (O‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ll‬‬
‫‪∑τ = 0‬‬ ‫‪⇒p‬‬
‫‪l sinq‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪l sinq‬‬ ‫‪- mg�)� cosq‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪-θmg‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬ ‫=)=‬
‫‪θ =0‬‬
‫‪cosq‬‬ ‫‪=0 00‬‬
‫

‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪sin θθ mgmg‬‬
‫‪θ = θ = 2ρp‬‬
‫‪an cos‬‬
‫‪2θµ mg‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪µs N‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 mg‬‬ ‫=‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺼﻞ‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ=‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ‪µs‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫=‪µ N tan θθp‬‬ ‫⇒‬
‫= ‪θ tan θθ‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪mg‬‬
‫⇒ ‪= s‬‬ ‫‪=2µµss‬‬ ‫‪2 × 0.4‬‬
‫‪mg‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪mg‬‬
‫= ‪tan θ‬‬ ‫‪2.25‬‬
‫‪=1.25‬‬
‫‪ο‬‬
‫‪θmax‬‬
‫∴‬ ‫‪θ ==51‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ‪Couple‬‬ ‫‪7-4‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻭﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻗﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (19‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪،‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(19‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﺰﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻻﻧﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( 20‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪F = 6N‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪2m‬‬ ‫‪2m‬‬ ‫‪F = 6N‬‬
‫‪F = 6N‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪1m‬‬ ‫‪3m‬‬
‫‪F = 6N‬‬
‫‪F = 6N‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪4m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20‬‬
‫‪F = 6N‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫⇀ = ‪τ total‬‬
‫⇀ ‪τ1 +‬‬
‫‪τ2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪v v v‬‬
‫‪∑τ = τ 1 + τ 2‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ = ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪= τF1 (+AC‬‬

‫= ‪τ totalτ‬‬ ‫‪τ 2 + CB ) = F (AD + DB ) = F × AB‬‬
‫= ‪τ totalτ‬‬
‫‪= τ61××+(2τ 2+ 2) = 6 ×× (1 + 3) = 6 × 4‬‬
‫= ‪τ totalτ‬‬
‫‪= τ24‬‬ ‫‪Nm‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬ ‫‪τ2‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪8 -4‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺊ ﺫﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ )‪ (m‬ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑـ )‪. (Cm‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻕ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ )ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ( ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟـﻰ‬
‫‪Cm‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍً ‪،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (21‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(21‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍً ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺳﺘﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫⇀‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻻﺣﻆ ‪F‬‬
‫‪Cm‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. ( 21a‬‬
‫إﲡﺎ‬
‫ﻩ اﻟ‬
‫ﺪو‬
‫ران‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ران‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍً )ﺷﻜﻞ‪ (21b‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺪو‬
‫ﻩ اﻟ‬
‫إﲡﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Cm‬‬ ‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ)‪(Cm‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪-:‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪Cm‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫⇀‬ ‫⇀‬
‫=‪a‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (21c‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪ (...... ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (22‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(22‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ‪،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ )‪ (Cm‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪. (23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(23‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ‪Center of gravity‬‬ ‫‪9 -4‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﻧﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫‪mg‬‬ ‫‪mg‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً‬
‫‪mg‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ )ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ( ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫‪mg‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ‬
‫) ‪ (Center of gravity‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑـ )‪ (CG‬ﻻﺣﻆ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(24‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(24‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻳ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻻﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ(ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Ü‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪N /m‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪N . m (a‬‬
‫‪kg/m (d‬‬ ‫‪kg.m (c‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﺰﻧﺎً ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪∑ F < 0 ,∑ τ > 0‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪∑ F > 1 ,∑ τ = 0‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬
‫‪∑ F = 0 ,∑ τ = 0‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪∑ F > 0 ,∑ τ = 0‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (10N‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ )‪ (80cm‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪ (N.m‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪0.08 (a‬‬
‫‪800 (d‬‬ ‫‪80 (c‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍً‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎً ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ )‪ (F‬ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 2F (b‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2F (a‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (F/2) (c‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺎً ‪.‬‬

‫‪Ü‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﻋﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ )‪) (m‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (o‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ F‬ﺗﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺰﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻝ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪2mgsinθ ( b‬‬ ‫‪2mg ( a‬‬
‫‪ mg ‬‬
‫‪  sin θ ( d‬‬ ‫‪2mgcosθ (c‬‬
‫‪ 2 ‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻳﺰﻥ )‪ (60N‬ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫)‪ (80N‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻝ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪45o ( b‬‬ ‫‪37o ( a‬‬
‫‪53o ( d‬‬ ‫‪60o (c‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ )‪ (4N‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ )‪ (2m‬ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ )‪، (6N‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺰﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1-x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪.0.2m (a‬‬
‫‪.0.4m (b‬‬
‫‪.0.6m (c‬‬
‫‪.0.8m (d‬‬

‫‪Ü‬‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻠﺔ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺛﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (20kg‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪20kg‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﺻﺒﺎﻍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻳﺘﺰﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺤﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ FL‬ﻭ ‪ FR‬ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻍ )‪ (75kg‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ .(20kg‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻍ ﻫﻲ )‪ ، (d = 2m‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ (5m‬ﺍﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ FL‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ FR‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﺻﺒﺎﻍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (3m‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ)‪ (5m‬ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ )‪ (4.7m‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻍ )‪ (680N‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ )‪(120N‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ )‪ (fs‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Ü‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻪ ﺑﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ (40N‬ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪(350N‬‬
‫وﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ)‪ ، (800N‬ﻓﺎﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪ F‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ L‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪350N‬‬
‫‪800N‬‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﻟﻮﺡ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ )‪ (6m‬ﻳﺒﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻳﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (37°‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ )‪(300N‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ (a :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ‪ T‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ‪ R‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫‪300N‬‬
‫س‪ /6‬ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (80N‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ‬

‫)‪ (6kg‬ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺣﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ )‪ (T‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻲ؟ ﺍﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫)‪. (g=10N/kg‬‬
‫‪80 N‬‬
‫‪W=60 N‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ‬
‫‪Work , Power , Energy and Momentum‬‬
‫‪ 1-5‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-5‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-5‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-5‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-5‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-5‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7-5‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-5‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9-5‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫‪Work‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪Force‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪Power‬‬
‫‪Energy‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪Mechanical energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Kinetic energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Potential energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪Gravital potential energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Elastic potential energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Chemical potential energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Conservation of energy‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪Linear momentum‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫‪Linear impulse‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫‪Elastic collision and inelastic collision‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻐﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-10‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-11‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ‪work‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪1 -5‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻐﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻛـﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ؟‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﺍﻭﻋﻀﻠﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻻﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ a‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ b‬ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ x‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1‬ﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﺖ ﺷﻐﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫‪F sinθ‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ ، x‬ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪ ، Fcos θ‬ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Fsin θ‬ﻟﻮ ﺳﺌﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫؟ ﻭﺍﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺰﺕ ﺷﻐﻼ ؟ ﻟﻼﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2‬ﺇﺫ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺰﺕ ﺷﻐﻼ ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ )‪ (W‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪Work done(W) = Force ( F ) . Displacement (x‬‬
‫‪W = (Fcos θ) . x‬‬
‫‪W = F.x cos θ‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ) ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ ( ﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : F‬ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : x‬ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪. x‬‬ ‫‪ : θ‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪, F‬‬
‫‪103‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪W = F x cos θ‬‬

‫‪W = (710N)(0.65) cos00‬‬
‫‪cos00 = 1‬‬
‫‪W = 460 Joule‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻻﺛﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ، (8c‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ F‬ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ‪:‬‬
‫‪W= F x cos θ‬‬
‫‪W = (710N)(0.65) cos1800‬‬
‫ﲟﺎ ان ‪cos1800 = - 1‬‬
‫‪W = - 460 J‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺛﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎً ﻷﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2 - 5‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻐﻞ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ )‪ (x‬ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (x‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ (Y‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (F‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ = ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ) ‪ ( a b‬ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻪ ) ‪ ( OF‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ = ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫‪
W = FF . xX‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﺬﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﻋﺪﺓ ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪106‬‬

‫‪Power‬‬ ‫‪ 3 - 5‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﺎﻥ ﺛﻘﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 1m‬ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺰﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻻﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬
‫)‪Power (Watt) = Work(Joule)/ Time(s‬‬
‫‪P = W/ t‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ Joule / Second‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ )‪(Watt‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪.(horse power‬‬
‫‪1horse power ( hp ) = 746 watt‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ‪Instantaneous Power‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﺰﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ) ﻻﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ )‪ (Pi‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪uv v‬‬
‫)‪work done (w‬‬ ‫‪F.x‬‬
‫= )‪Instantaneous Power (Pi‬‬ ‫=‬
‫)‪Time(t‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬ ‫)‪(t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ υi =x/t‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪-:‬‬
‫⇀ ⇀‬
‫‪Pinst. = F. υinst.‬‬
‫‪Pinst. = Fυ cos θ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ‪θ‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ‪ υi‬ﻭﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪. F‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ . 0.7m/s‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺠﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻌﺪ ‪. 20300Watt‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (12‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ) ‪ (θ = 0‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪Pi = F . υi cosθ‬‬
‫) ﹾ‪20300 = (F) × (0.7) × (cos0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ‪F = 20300 / 0.7 = 29000 N‬‬
‫‪Energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪4 -5‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻝ )‪ . (Joule‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻴﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -a‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪Kinetic Energy‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻐﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺮﻛﺾ ‪ . . . .‬ﺍﻟﺦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ؟‬
‫ﻟﻼﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υi‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ‪ F‬ﻓﺘﻐﻴﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ υi‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ υf‬ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫‪ x‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ) ‪.( 13‬‬
‫‪W =F.x‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪F= m.a‬‬ ‫‪W = (ma) x‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫‪υf2 = υi2 +2ax ⇒ x= ( υf2 − υi2 ) / 2a‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪max=ma‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻋﻮﺿﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ W = F . x‬ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪(υf2 − υi2 ) /: 2a‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫=‪max‬‬ ‫‪mυf2 − mυi2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪W= mυf2 − mυi2 ⇒ W=KE f -KE i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪mυf2 − mυi2 ⇒ W=KE f -KE‬‬
‫‪= Wi = ∆KE‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺠﺰﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﻪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪ ، ∆KE‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ m‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ υ‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (K E‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Kinetic Energy (KE) = (1/2) mass (m) (velocity (υ ) )2‬‬
‫‪KE = (1/2) m υ2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ )‪ (KE‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪. Joule‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 2000Kg‬ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺑﺢ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 20m/s‬ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ)‪ ، (100m‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ .(14‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﺎﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪(2 .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(14‬‬
‫‪(KE)f‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ )‪ = (ΔKE‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪(KE)i‬‬ ‫– ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ΔKE = (KE)f – (KE)i‬‬
‫‪ΔK E = 1/2 mυf2 - 1/2 mυi2‬‬
‫‪= (1/2) 2000 × (0)2 – (1/2) 2000 (20)2‬‬
‫‪ = 0 – 1000 × 400‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ΔKE = - 400 000 J‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ )‪ = (W‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ )‪(ΔKE‬‬
‫‪W =- 400 000 J‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ )‪ = (fsxcos ɵ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ )‪(ΔKE‬‬
‫‪ΔKE = fsxcos ɵ‬‬
‫‪ɵ = 180o , cos(180)o = -1‬‬
‫‪KE = fsxcos180‬‬
‫) ‪400000 = fs × 100 × ( -1‬‬
‫‪fs = - 400000 / - 100‬‬
‫‪= 4000 N‬‬ ‫)ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ(‬

‫‪ -b‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ‪Potential Energy‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﺷﻐﻼ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﺷﻐﻼ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻭﻧﺔ(؟ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﺘﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪Potential Energy‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪Elastic Potential Energy‬‬ ‫‪Gravitational Potential Energy‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ‪Gravitational Potential Energy‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻜﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻼﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ mg‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ B‬ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺒﻄﺊ ﺑﺄﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ B‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ B‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻫﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ h‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪ h‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ A‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ؟ ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ A‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ mg‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪W = mg .h‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ B‬ﻳﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ A‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ، mg . h‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪ h‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ ، B‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﺰﻥ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺘﺰﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬

‫) ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ( )ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ( ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (GPE‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫= )‪Gravetational Potential Energy (GPE‬‬
‫) ‪mass (m) × gravity acceleration (g) × vertical hight (h‬‬
‫‪GPE = m × g × h‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻝ‪Joule‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻼﻻﺕ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﺯ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺪ ﱢﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 3kg‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 2m‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻥ ‪. g =10m/s2‬‬
‫‪h=2 m‬‬
‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ً‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗُﻌ ْﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ h = 0‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ؟‬

‫‪GPE11 = mgh‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ(‬

‫)‪ (GPE1‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ ‪- :‬‬
‫× ‪11 = 3‬‬ ‫�×‪10‬‬
‫= ‪GPE11‬‬
‫‪GPE‬‬ ‫‪mgh‬‬‫‪�10‬‬ ‫‪00‬‬
‫=×= ‪× 101111‬‬
‫‪GPE‬‬
‫‪3GPE‬‬ ‫‪3 � 10 � 0‬‬
‫‪= 0OJ‬‬
‫‪mgh‬‬
‫‪0j‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪GPE11 == mgh‬‬
‫‪GPE‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪3 � 10 � 0‬‬
‫‪0j‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪GPE 2 2m‬‬
‫= ‪GPE122‬‬ ‫‪mgh‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪22 = 3 � 10 � 2‬‬
‫‪GPE‬‬ ‫‪0j‬‬
‫= ‪GPE22‬‬
‫‪GPE‬‬ ‫� ‪33‬‬
‫‪= mgh‬‬ ‫�×‪10‬‬
‫‪× 10‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪22 = 60j‬‬
‫‪GPE22 = 60j‬‬ ‫‪� 10 � 2‬‬
‫‪360J‬‬
‫‪GPE 2 = 60j‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ‪ΔGPE‬‬
‫‪∆GPE = GPE 2 - GPE1‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﺎﻻﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 60 - 0‬‬
‫‪= 60J‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 2m‬ﻭﺍﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺆال‬
‫?‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪ 60J‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Elastic Potential Energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺗﻨﺠﺰﻩ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺠﺰﻩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﺑﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻣﻠﺲ ) ﻣﻬﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﺑﻜﺘﻠﺔ )‪ . (m‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪، x‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻛﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ )‪ (EPE‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(18‬‬

‫‪Elastic potential Energy (EPE)=1/2 [spring constant(K )] × (change in‬‬

‫)‪spring’s length)( x2‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫= ‪EPE‬‬ ‫‪Kx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ K‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪. N/m‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻝ )‪. (Joule‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪7‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﺑﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪200N/m‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﺑﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 2kg‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(19‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19‬ﻛﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪0.2m‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ؟‬
‫)‪Elastic Potential Energy (EPE) = Kinetic Energy (KE‬‬
‫‪EPE = KE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Kx2 = mυ2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(200) (0.2)2 = × 2 × υ 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪υ =4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪υ = 2m/s‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪Conservation of Mechanical Energy‬‬ ‫‪5 -5‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ؟ ‪.‬‬
‫‪KE‬‬ ‫‪PE‬‬ ‫‪E=KE+PE‬‬ ‫ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪0J‬‬ ‫‪600 000 J‬‬ ‫‪600 000 J‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜـﻞ )‪ (20‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳـﺒــﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺟﺴـﻢ‬
‫‪600 000 J‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫‪200 000 J‬‬ ‫‪400 000 J‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ )ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺌﻠﺔ ‪c‬‬
‫‪400 000 J‬‬ ‫‪200 000 J‬‬ ‫‪600 000 J‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪600 000 J‬‬ ‫‪0J‬‬ ‫‪600 000 J‬‬

‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ؟ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ؟‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ؟‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ، (Emech‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Mechanical Energy(Emech)= Potential Energy(PE)+Kinetic Energy(KE‬‬
‫‪Emech = PE + KE‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪ Emech‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ = ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(KEi+PEi‬‬ ‫)‪(KEf+PEf‬‬
‫) ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ( ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺰﻟﻘﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫)‪(a‬‬ ‫‪ 5kg‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪(a‬ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ .(21‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪ c ,b‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 10m/s2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(21‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺎً ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ ، b‬ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ‪. b , a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ = ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪KEf + PEf = KEi + PEi‬‬
‫‪(1/2 ) m υ‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ (m g h)b = (1/2 ) m υa2 + (m g h)a‬‬
‫‪(1/2 ) × 5 × υb + 5 × 10 × 3.2 = 0 + 5 × 10 × 5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2.5υb2 +160=250 ⇒ υb2 =36 ⇒ υb =6 m/s‬‬

‫‪=6‬ﻣ‪ّb‬ﺎ‪⇒ υ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﻓﻨﺤﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(b‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ m/s‬ﺃ‬
‫‪KEc + PEc = KEb + PEb‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ‪C , b‬‬
‫‪(1/2 ) m υc2 + (m g h)c = (1/2 ) m υb2 + (m g h)b‬‬
‫‪(1/2 ) × 5 × υc2 + 5 × 10 × 2 = (1/2 ) × 5 × (6)2 + 5 × 10 × 3.2‬‬
‫‪υc =7.746 m/s‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪C‬‬

‫( = ‪PE‬‬
‫‪KE = ( 0 ) J‬‬
‫‪)J‬‬ ‫ﺳﺆال‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22‬ﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫?‬
‫( = ‪PE‬‬ ‫‪)J‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋـﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣــﺎﺋــﻞ‬
‫‪KE = ( 75 ) J‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ(‬
‫‪PE==(( ) J) J‬‬
‫‪PE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪KE‬‬
‫‪KE= =( ( ) J) J‬‬ ‫‪PE = ( 0 ) J‬‬
‫‪KE = ( 100 ) J‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺮﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫( = ‪PE‬‬
‫( = ‪KE‬‬
‫‪)J‬‬
‫‪)J‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(22‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬

‫‪6 -5‬‬
‫‪work done by Non conservative Forces‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Work done by(W)nc‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫) ‪Change in the (Ef - Ei‬‬

‫‪Nonconserative forces‬‬ ‫‪mechanical energy of the system‬‬
‫‪Wnc = Ef - Ei‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ )‪ (Wnc‬ﻫﻲ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻻﺕ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺆال‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻘﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 5kg‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫?‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ)‪ (a‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸـﻜـﻞ)‪ (23‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻋـﻠـﻤـﺖ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻬـﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺰء ﻣﻦ )‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻰ )‪ (b‬ﻭﺧﺸــﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ)‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻰ )‪ (c‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﺎﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪. (b‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ )‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻰ )‪ ، (c‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (c‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 10m‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪. (b‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪- :‬‬ ‫‪7-5‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ – ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫)ﺣﺠﺮﺍ ﻣﺜﻼ (‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (24‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫) ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ( ﻓﺎﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ؟ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻻ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﻗﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(24‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﺗـﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎ ﻭﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗــﻒ ﻓﺎﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎً ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ‪-:‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻﺗﻔﻨﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪3 × 104kg‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 10m/s‬ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻣﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪1200kg‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 25m/s‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪ /‬ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ = ‪υtotal‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ = ‪m1 + m2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ = ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ )‪ ×(m1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ) ‪ + ( υ1‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ )‪×(m2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ) ‪( υ2‬‬

‫= ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ )‪ × ( m1 + m2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ) ‪( υtotal‬‬
‫‪m1 × υ1 + m2 × υ2 = (m1 + m2)× υtotal‬‬
‫‪3 × 104(10) + 1200(-25) = (30000+1200) × υtotal‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪υtotal = (300000 – 30000)/ 31200‬‬
‫‪= 270000 / 31200 = 8.65 m/s‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ‪Types of Collisions‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪Perfectly Elastic Collision‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ = ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -b‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ( ‪Perfectly Inelastic Collision‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺫ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‬ ‫ﻳﻠﺘﺤﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻣﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪. (29‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(29‬‬
‫‪Inelastic Collision‬‬ ‫‪ -c‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻻﺗﻠﺘﺤﻢ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﻚ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪. ( 30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(30‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 2.5×10 kg‬ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 8m/s‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31‬ﺇﺻﻄﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ، 1.5×104 kg‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ، 5m/s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪υi = 8 m/s‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ‪ (a‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ (b‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‬
‫‪υftotal‬‬
‫‪υtotal‬‬ ‫‪= 3.5‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫‪m/s‬‬
‫‪m/s‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(31‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ = ‪KEf‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ = ‪KEi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ = ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ــ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫)‪(KEi‬‬ ‫)‪(KEf‬‬ ‫)‪(∆KE‬‬
‫‪KEi = 1/2 m1 υi2 + 1/2 m2 × υi2‬‬
‫‪KEi = 1/2 × 2.5 × 104 × 82 + 0‬‬
‫‪KEi = 80 × 104 J‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫‪KEf = 1/2 ( m1 + m2 ) υ 2 total‬‬ ‫‪ υtotal‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻃﺮﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫‪KEf = 1/2 ( 2.5 × 104 + 1.5 × 104 )(5)2‬‬
‫‪KEf = 1/2 ( 4 × 104) × 52‬‬
‫‪KEf = 50 × 104 J‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫‪∆KE = KEf – KEi‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪= 50 × 104 - 80 × 104‬‬
‫‪∆KE = - 30 × 104 J‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻥ‬

‫‪Ü‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ )‪ (10N‬ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ )‪ (2m‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪20 m/s (b‬‬ ‫‪400 m/s (a‬‬
‫‪40 m/s (d‬‬ ‫‪10 m/s (c‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﻮ‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺟﺴﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫س‪/1‬‬
‫ﺳﻘﻂ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 2kg‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ 10m‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫‪ 3cm‬ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ‪.‬‬
‫س‪/2‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻘﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 1250kg‬ﻓﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 36m‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻗﻲ‬
‫‪ 0.7‬؟ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ؟‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪Ü‬‬
‫س‪/3‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﻊ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺷﺤﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 80kg‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 3.5m‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ )ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ( ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 370‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﻓﻖ ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫؟ ﺃﻓﺮﺽ ﺇﻥ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪/4‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ َﺗﺴ ّﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 50N‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 20m‬ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 5s‬؟‬
‫س‪/5‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 20N‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 6kg‬ﻳﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﻪ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 0.6m/s‬؟‬
‫س‪/6‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 12000N‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ‪ . 2.5m/s‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ؟‬
‫س‪/7‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻻﻋﺒﻲ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 90kg‬ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 6m/s‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﻋﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﺑﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪. 1.8m‬‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﺒﺖ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ؟‬
‫)‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪Thermodynamic‬‬
‫‪ 1-6‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-6‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-6‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-6‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-6‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-6‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Thermal Equilibrium‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫‪Thermal Dynamic Equilibrium‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Steam Engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Reversible Process‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
‫‪Refrigerator‬‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺟﺔ ) ﻣﺒﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﺎء(‬
‫‪Internal Energy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Irreversible Process‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
‫‪Heat Reservoir‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Heat Engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Ideal Gas‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪Diathermia Wall‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺎﺛﻴﺮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ -‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺒّﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪130‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ)ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ(‬

‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Thermodynamic‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬ﻭﺍﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻬﻮ ﻭﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ًﺓ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺷﻐﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ( ‪. Thermodynamic‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪1 -6‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺰﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )‪( system‬‬
‫ﺃﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻂ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ)‪ (Thermodynamic System‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺰ ﺷﻐﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬
‫‪131‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪First Law of Thermodynamics‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪3 -6‬‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺒّﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﺫ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺎً ﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻠّﻤﺎ ﺗﺤ ّﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 4.2 Joule/Cal‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻝ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺘﺺ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ΔQ‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(5a‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ‪ ΔW‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺘﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪∆u =∆uQ∆u‬‬
‫‪=− Q‬‬
‫‪=∆W‬‬
‫‪− ∆W‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬ ‫‪− ∆W‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(5a‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪. ΔQ‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ ΔU‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ΔQ = ΔW + ΔU‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ΔQ -1‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃُﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ΔQ‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ΔW -2‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ‬
‫) ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ (‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ΔW‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻤﺜﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5b‬‬ ‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺠﺰ‬
‫‪∆u∆u‬‬
‫‪= =Q‬‬
‫‪∆u‬‬ ‫‪∆uQ‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+=+∆W‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬ ‫‪∆W‬‬
‫‪+Q‬‬
‫‪∆W‬‬‫‪+ ∆W‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(5b‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪4 -6‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻜﺒﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(6‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻻﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪F =P×A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺲ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪W = (force) × (displacement‬‬
‫‪W = F Δx = PA Δx‬‬
‫‪ AΔx‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ، ΔV‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬
‫‪ΔW = P ΔV‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪ΔW = - P ΔV‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻳﺰﻭﺑﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7a‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫‪Vi‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪Vf‬‬ ‫‪ΔW = P ΔV‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(7a‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻳﺰﻭﺛﺮﻣﻴﺔ ( ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (7b‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪W = PiVi ln ( Vf / Vi‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﻳﻞ ‪PiVi = PfVf‬‬
‫) ‪W = Pi Vi ln (Pi / Pf‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(7b‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﻳﺒﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫) ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ (‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎً ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫‪ΔW = - ΔU‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (7c‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(7c‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺋﺘﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 500cm‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﻖ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪105 N/m2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪ΔW = P ΔV‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺁﻳﺰﻭﺑﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫) ‪ΔW = P ( Vf – Vi‬‬
‫‪= 105 × 500 × 10-6‬‬
‫‪ΔW= 50 J‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ‬

‫‪∆u = ∆Q-∆W‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ‪ ∆W‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎً ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗ ّﻢ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ‬
‫)‪Δu = 1500J - (2200J‬‬
‫‪Δu = -700J‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (b‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ )‪(ΔU‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆U = ∆Q - ΔW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ‪ ∆W‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪∴ ΔU = (1500J) – (- 2200J‬‬
‫‪ΔU = +3700J‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ( 0 ، + ، -‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺆال‬
‫?‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(System‬‬ ‫)‪(Situation‬‬
‫‪ΔU‬‬ ‫‪ΔW‬‬ ‫‪ΔQ‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍء ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺦ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻻﻃﺎﺭ‬

‫‪a‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺎء ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍء ﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍء ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ∆Q‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ‪∆Q = ∆W :‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً )‪. (∆U = 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪Heat Engine‬‬ ‫‪5 -6‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ)ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ(ﺫﻱﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ)‪(TH‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺫﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ )‪ (TC‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (10‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬
‫)‪(η‬‬ ‫‪The‬‬
‫‪The work‬‬
‫‪work done‬‬
‫‪done by‬‬
‫‪by the‬‬
‫‪the engine‬‬
‫‪engine‬‬
‫‪Efficiency‬‬
‫)‪Efficiency (ε‬‬
‫== )‪(ε‬‬ ‫‪××100%‬‬
‫‪100%‬‬
‫‪The‬‬
‫‪The Energy‬‬
‫‪Energy supplied‬‬
‫‪supplied to‬‬
‫‪to the‬‬
‫‪the engine‬‬
‫‪engine‬‬
‫‪η = (W /QH) × 100%‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪W=Q H -Q C‬‬
‫‪Q -Q‬‬
‫‪∴∴ηε = H C × 100%‬‬
‫‪QH‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪1200 J‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 400 J‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (QH‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﺠﺰ‬
‫‪ /a‬ﺇﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ / b‬ﺇﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ )‪ (QC‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪Q H = 1200 J‬‬
‫‪W= 400 J‬‬
‫‪ηε = W × 100%‬‬
‫‪QH‬‬
‫‪ηε = 400 J × 100%= 33%‬‬
‫‪1200 J‬‬
‫‪(b‬‬
‫‪W=Q H -Q C‬‬
‫‪QC = QH − W‬‬
‫‪= 1200 J - 400 J‬‬
‫‪Q C = 800 J‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪Second Law of Thermodynamic -:‬‬ ‫‪6 -6‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭ ﻓﺄﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻻﻳﺼﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺩﺓ ‪ .....‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺩﺓ ؟ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎء ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ( ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻠﻔﻦ – ﺑﻼﻙ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻤﺘﺺ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﺍﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻛـﻼﻭﺯﻳــﻮﺱ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺘﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺫﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﺬﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12‬‬

‫☀‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻃﺄ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺟﺰءﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺫﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (TH‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺫﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻭﻃﺄ )‪ ، (TL‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﻳﺒﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﻈﻤﻴﺔ ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫☀‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 100%‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ )‪. (TC‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ )‪. (TH‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ )‪. (TH‬‬
‫‪. 0 oC‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪.0K‬‬ ‫‪ (d‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺗﻤﺪﺩ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻜ ّﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪0.02m3‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻐﻄﻪ ‪ 5 × 10 5 Pa‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ 0.022m3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺬﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ؟‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﺇﻧـﺎء ﻣﻌـﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟـﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ 135 J‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ‪ 2 × 10 3 J‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ 1.5 × 10 3 J‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 3000KJ‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺮﺩ )ﺗﻠﻔﻆ( ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 900KJ‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻃﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ؟‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪400 J‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺷﻐﻼ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ . 250 J‬ﺇﺣﺴﺐ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪. ∆Q‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ‬

‫‪Uniform Circular Motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪Acceleration‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Centripetal Acceleration‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬
‫‪Tangential Acceleration‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪Centripetal Force‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Frictional Force‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫‪Time Period‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪Earth Gravitational Field‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫) ‪Apparent weight ( Effective weight‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ )ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ(‬
‫‪Angular Acceleration‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ‬
‫‪Angular Momentum‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻠﻞ ﺇﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻤﻴّﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻠﻞ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ -‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪144‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫‪Circular and Rotational Motion‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪1 -7‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﻲء‬
‫) ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ( ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻱ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪. (1‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. ( 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 3‬‬
‫‪145‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪2 -7‬‬
‫‪Angular displacement and Angular Velocity‬‬
‫ﻧﺠﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ) ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ(‬
‫‪ .‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ] ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ‪ ،Δx‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴـﺔ ) ‪ ( υ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻌﺠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄــﻲ‬
‫) ‪ [( a‬ﺗﻨﺎﻇﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺙ ] ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟـﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ) ‪ ، ( ∆θ‬ﺍﻟﺴـﺮﻋــﺔ ﺍﻟـﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ‬
‫) ‪ (ω‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪. [ α‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ reference line‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4‬ﻓﺄﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻻﺣﻤﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ )‪ (t = 0‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪Δt‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻻﺣﻤﺮ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (S‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫)‪ (S‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ )‪ ( r‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ = ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ \ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫=‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪ (2π r( radian‬ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ )‪ (S‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ )ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫) ‪، θ = 2πr = 2π ( rad‬‬
‫=‪θ‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ‪ θ‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪. 2π ( radian‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪4 -7‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺩﻭﺭﺕ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﻂ ﻏـﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗـﺎﺑﻞ ﻟـﻼﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻤـﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑـﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛـﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ) ﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿـﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻘﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟـﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ( ﻻﺣـﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5‬‬
‫ﻧـﻼﺣـﻆ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﺠـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴـﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜـﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺯﻣﻨﻲ‪،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑـﺎﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤـﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻭﻳـﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ )‪ (ac‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6a‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ2‬‬
‫= ‪ac‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﺍً ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺎً ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺈﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6a‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻂ ) ‪ ( T‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﺘﺒﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ‪ Fc‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫‪Fc =ma c‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪mυ 2 ,‬‬
‫= ‪Fc‬‬ ‫‪υ=rω‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪r 2ω 2‬‬
‫‪Fc =mrω 2‬‬ ‫‪∴ Fc = m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6b‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬

‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ )‪ (Fc‬ﻻﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺑﻘﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺑﻘﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﻪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺎً ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ؟‬
‫ﻟﻼﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ‪ ....‬ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ) ‪ (Fc‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺱ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7b‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪5 -7‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )‪ (a‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺤﻠﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ )‪ (ac‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻲ ) ‪(aT‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (8‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ‪ ac‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ‪ aT‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪a= a 2c + a 2T‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ac‬‬
‫= ‪tanθ‬‬
‫‪a rT‬‬
‫‪a ‬‬
‫‪θ = tan -1  c ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(8‬‬ ‫‪ aTr ‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪6 -7‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ )‪ (Fc‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺃﻟﺸﺮﻭﻋﻲ )‪ (fs‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(9‬‬

‫‪fS = Fc‬‬
‫‪mυ2 2‬‬
‫‪mv‬‬
‫== ‪fss‬‬
‫‪rr‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻻﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ) ‪ µs) ( µs N‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻋﻲ( ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪fs ≤≤ µs N‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ )‪ (N‬ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫) ‪ (N = mg‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪mυ 2‬‬
‫≤‬
‫‪≤ µs mg‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪υ2‬‬
‫≤‬‫‪≤ µs g‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪a c ≤≤ µs g‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ )‪ (ac‬ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ) ‪a c. ≤(µs g‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺠﻨﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪mυ 2‬‬
‫‪fs = µs gr‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫≤‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪υ ≤ µs gr‬‬‫ﺍﻥ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ً‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻠﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪7 -7‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻔﺎﺕ )ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ( ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ )‪ (FC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ ﻧﺤﻠﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ) ‪ (N‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ )‪ (Nsinθ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ (10‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪(10‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Ncosθ‬ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Nsinθ‬‬ ‫)‪fS == Ffcc ..............(1‬‬
‫)‪w ..............(2‬‬
‫‪Ncosθ = mv‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪fs‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪Nsinθ‬‬ ‫‪r 2 /r‬‬
‫‪mυ‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪Ncosθ‬‬ ‫‪mg‬‬
‫‪υ2‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪-:‬‬
‫= ‪tanθ‬‬
‫‪rg‬‬
‫‪υ2‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪θ = tan‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪rg‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪8 -7‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ )‪ (wreal‬ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (m‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪g = 9.8N/kg :‬‬
‫‪wreal = mg‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ )‪) (wapparent‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ( ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻠﻄﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (m‬ﻭﺍﻗﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )‪ (mg‬ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ )ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫) (‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ( ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻲ ‪N‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌـﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴــﻢ ﻭﺇﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻻ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﻋﺪﺍً ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11a‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً )‪. (a = 0‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪∑ F =ma‬‬
‫‪∑ F =N-w‬‬
‫‪N-w=ma‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ = ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ) ‪. ( a = 0‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪N - w = 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪w app. = w real‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫)ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﻥ( = ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ‪w real‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪w app.‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻻ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪ (a‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ، (11b‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬

‫ً‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫∑‬
‫‪uv F =ma‬‬
‫‪∑uv uv‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ma‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪w w-N=ma‬‬
‫‪- N = ma‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪w app. = w real - ma‬‬
‫⇀ ⇀‬
‫‪w=mg‬‬

‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫(‬
‫‪ w app.‬ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪w real‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪. (ma‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺻﺎﻋﺪﺍً ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪ (a‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11c‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ ‪:‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪∑ F =ma‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪N-w real =ma‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪w app. =w real +ma‬‬
‫⇀ ⇀‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11c‬‬ ‫‪w=mg‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪ w app.‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ w real‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪. (ma‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻄﺎً ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﺣﺮﺍً ) ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ( ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ )‪ (a=g‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪∑ F =ma‬‬
‫‪∑ F =mg‬‬
‫‪w real -N=mg‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪w app. =wN‬‬ ‫‪+mg‬‬
‫‪real -‬‬ ‫‪w = 0‬‬
‫‪w app. =mg-mg‬‬
‫‪w app. = 0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪( 11d‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻒ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (60kg‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ )ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ )ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻻ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪. 2m/s2‬‬
‫‪ً -b‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﺻﺎﻋﺪﺍً ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪. 2m/s2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ )‪(g =10 m/s2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ) ‪ (y‬ﻧﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (12‬‬
‫‪-a‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ )‪ (y‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ)‪ = (a‬ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫⇀‬‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪∑ F =ma=0= 0‬‬
‫∑‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ma‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫‪N - w = 0 ⇒ N - mg‬‬‫‪⇀v = 0‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫‪N = mg = 60 × 10 = 600N‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬
‫∑‬ ‫⇀‪F‬‬ ‫⇀‬

‫∑‬
‫‪uv uv‬‬
‫=‪F‬‬‫‪=ma‬‬‫‪ma‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪ 2m/s2‬ﻓﺄﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫⇀‪-‬‬ ‫‪N =⇀ma‬‬
‫‪ww-N=ma‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫⇀ ‪v‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬

‫‪mg‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪- N = ma‬‬
‫‪mg-N=ma‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪60 × 10 - N = 60 × 2‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪N = 600 − 120 = 480Newton‬‬
‫‪= 600 − 120 = 480Newton‬‬ ‫‪ 480Newton‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ‪ 2m/s2‬ﻓﺄﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫⇀‬
‫‪uv ⇀v‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫∑‬
‫‪∑uvFF=ma‬‬
‫‪= ma‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫⇀ ⇀‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪N - mg = ma‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪N- 60 × 10 = 60 × 2‬‬
‫‪N = 720Newton‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ‪ 720Newton‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫س‪ / 1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻠﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -a‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - d‬ﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -c‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -a‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - d‬ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -a‬ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﺟﺰءﺍً ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ‪ - d .‬ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺒﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-a‬ﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - d‬ﺍﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -c‬ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪ (1200kg‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﻬﺎ )‪ (6m/s‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ )‪ (30m‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪. 147N -b‬‬ ‫‪. 48N -a‬‬
‫‪. 1440N -d‬‬ ‫‪. 240N -c‬‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -a‬ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - d‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -c‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (7‬ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺴﻜﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻭﻃﺄ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫‪wapp = wreal‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬ ‫‪wapp = wreal+ Fc -a‬‬
‫‪wapp= wreal - Fc -d‬‬ ‫‪wapp = Fc - wreal‬‬ ‫‪-c‬‬
‫س‪2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺎً ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ‬

‫ً‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ً ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ ؟‬
‫س‪ / 1‬ﺭﻛﺐ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻭﻻﺏ ﻫﻮﺍء ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ‪ 10m‬ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ؟‬
‫س‪/ 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍء ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ؟‬

‫س‪/ 3‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪. 5000km‬‬
‫س‪ / 4‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻘﻮﺳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ‪ 3.75m‬ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ 120m‬ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪ 29.698m/s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ / 5‬ﻗﻤﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ 7000km‬ﺟﺪ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪N.m 2‬‬
‫‪6.67 × 10‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺃﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ =‬
‫‪-11‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪kg‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ = ‪M E =5.98 × 10 24 kg‬‬
‫س‪/ 6‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ‪ 200m‬ﺑﺈﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ 30m/s‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪. 1000kg‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻋﻲ ‪ µs = 0.8‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺇﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺇﻧﺰﻻﻕ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪-: ( rotational motion‬‬ ‫‪9 -7‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﺴﻂ‬

‫ﺟﺪﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺌﺎً ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ )‪ (Compact disk‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺍً ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (O‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪-: angular acceleration‬‬ ‫‪10 - 7‬‬

‫‪uvuv‬‬ ‫‪uvuv‬‬
‫⇀‪ ω‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪Δt‬‬
‫)) ((‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ‪f f‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬ ‫⇀‬
‫ﻣﻦ) ‪( (ωi )i‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺎً ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ) ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ) ‪ ( α‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ( ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫⇀ ⇀‬ ‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪uv ∆ω‬‬
‫⇀‬ ‫‪ωf‬‬ ‫⇀‪-‬‬‫‪ωi‬‬
‫‪α‬‬
‫=‪α‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪tf - ti‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ rad/s 2‬ﺃﻭ ‪. rad. s-2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺇﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ) ‪. (14‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪α‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪ω‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(14‬‬

‫‪υ‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ( ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ( ‪.‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻟﻨﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎً ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫‪α‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ )‪ (r‬ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (16‬ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ )‪. (r‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪S = rω‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ = rω‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻲ ) ‪(at‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆υ‬‬ ‫)‪∆ ( rω‬‬

‫= ‪aT‬‬ ‫= ‪⇒ aT‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪∆ω‬‬
‫‪aT = r‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪∆ω‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫= ‪α‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪aaTT =rα‬‬
‫‪= ra‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ) ‪ (aT‬ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪ (r‬ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ) ‪. ( α‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪11 - 7‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ω2 f = ωi + αt‬‬
‫‪ωω222ω‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪2 = ω‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪i +‬‬ ‫‪+ 2∆θ‬‬
‫‪αt‬‬ ‫‪......1‬‬ ‫‪υ fυ f= =υ iυ i+ +atat‬‬ ‫‪......1‬‬
‫‪ii i + αt‬‬
‫= ‪f‬‬
‫‪ff f f‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪1 2‬‬ ‫‪υ 2υf f= =υ 2υi i+ +2a∆x‬‬
‫‪ω22ωff2 f2===ω‬‬
‫‪ωiω‬‬ ‫‪......2‬‬ ‫‪......2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪∆θ‬‬ ‫‪t22ii +‬‬ ‫‪αtθ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬‫‪+‬‬‫‪2∆θ‬‬‫‪2∆θ‬‬ ‫‪2a∆x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11 2 2‬‬
‫‪∆θ ==ωω‬‬
‫‪∆θ‬‬ ‫‪t++ω2αtαt22 2‬‬ ‫‪.... .3‬‬ ‫‪∆x∆x= =υ iυt it+ + atat‬‬ ‫‪.... .3‬‬
‫‪i1iti +‬‬
‫= ‪∆θ‬‬ ‫‪22.t‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬‫‪ωω ++ωω‬‬ ‫‪υ υ++υ+υ υ‬‬
‫‪∆θ == 11i 1‬‬
‫‪∆θ‬‬ ‫‪22f 2‬‬
‫‪.t.t‬‬ ‫‪.... .4‬‬ ‫‪∆x∆x= = 1i 1 f 2 .2 .t t‬‬ ‫‪.... .4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪ω2 f = ωi + αt‬‬
‫‪ω2 f = ω2 i + 2∆θ‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪∆θ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪= ωi‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ‪a = 3.5rad/s2‬‬
‫‪ αt‬ﺍﺫﺍ ‪t +‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 2rad/s‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ ، tin= 0‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ t = 0‬ﻭ ‪t = 2s‬‬
‫‪ω + ω2‬‬
‫‪∆θ = 1‬‬ ‫‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ‪،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪tf=2 sec‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪θ = ωi +‬‬ ‫‪αt 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪θ = 2 × 2 +‬‬ ‫‪× 3.5 × (2)2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪θ = 4 + 7‬‬
‫‪θ = 11 rad‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑـ )‪(radian‬‬
‫‪11 rad‬‬
‫‪= 1.75 rev‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪2π rad / rev‬‬

‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪= 2s‬‬

‫‪ωf‬‬ ‫‪= ωi + αt‬‬
‫‪ωf‬‬ ‫‪= 2 + 3.5 × 2‬‬
‫‪ωf‬‬ ‫‪= 9 rad / s‬‬
‫‪ 12 - 7‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ) ‪ ( I‬ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺠﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺎً ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ....‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(15‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪ (m‬ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ r‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪I = mr 2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ibody = I1 + I2 + I3 + ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ )‪ (kg.m2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ )‪ (SI‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )‪ (I‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎً ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﻤﻂ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 13 - 7‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ) ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ( ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺪﺣﺮﺝ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺩﺣﺮﺟﺔ ﺻﺮﻑ ) ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ( ﺁﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺸﻦ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪KE Total = KE Translational + KE Rotational‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 2‬‬
‫= ‪KE Total‬‬ ‫‪mυ 2 +‬‬ ‫‪Iω‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺗﺪﺣﺮﺟﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺻﻠﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺩﺣﺮﺟﺔ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫)‪ (1.5m/s‬ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ 0.1m‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪= rω0.2Kg‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪v‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ .1 -:‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ ‪rω = 0.1 × ω .‬‬
‫‪v = 1.5‬‬
‫‪1.5 =ω0.1‬‬‫‪= 15rad‬‬
‫‪× ω / s I (Solid sphere) = mr 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫‪2 2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪/‬‬
‫‪ω = 15rad‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫‪Isphere = mr‬‬
‫‪2 52‬‬
‫‪Isphere = 2 mr‬‬
‫‪I = 5 × 0.2‬‬ ‫‪ω 2‬‬
‫)‪ω × (0.1‬‬ ‫‪v = rω‬‬
‫‪2 5‬‬
‫‪I = I ×= 0.2‬‬ ‫‪v =2 r2ω‬‬
‫)‪× (0.1‬‬
‫‪0.0008kg.m‬‬ ‫‪1.5 = 0.1 × ω‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪υ = rω ⇒ 1.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪= 0.1 × ωω 1⇒ ω2 = 15rad‬‬ ‫‪1 2/s‬‬
‫‪I = 0.0008kg.m‬‬
‫‪E.K TotalKE‬‬ ‫‪= E.k T=+KE‬‬ ‫⇒ ‪E.k = mv + Iω2‬‬
‫‪ω = 15radTR/+s KE‬‬
‫‪1 22 I1sphere22= mr‬‬
‫‪Total‬‬ ‫‪Rot‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪E.K Total = E.k T1+ E.k R1 =2 mv‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬

‫‪11 Iω‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪E.K Total = Isphere‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪mυ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪× 0.2=× (1.5‬‬
‫‪2 22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪mr + × 0.0008kg.m‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪Iω‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫×‬ ‫)‪(15‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪1 × 2ω‬‬ ‫‪1 2 I = × 0.22× (0.1) 2‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫=‪E.K‬‬
‫‪E.K Total‬‬ ‫‪ω + × 0.0008kg.m‬‬
‫)‪0.2 × 2(1.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ω 5‬‬ ‫)‪× (15‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪Total = 0.315Joule‬‬
‫‪2 I = × 0.2 × 2(0.1) 2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪I = 0.0008kg.m 2‬‬
‫‪E.K Total = 0.315Joule‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪I = 0.0008kg.m 2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫⇒ ‪E.K Total = E.k T + E.k R = mv 2 + Iω 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪-:‬‬‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﺭ ‪1‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 14‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‪2‬‬‫‪2 -7‬‬
‫‪E.K Total = E.k T + E.k R = mv‬‬ ‫‪1 + 2 Iω ⇒2 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪× (15) 2‬‬
‫= ‪Total‬‬ ‫‪× 0.2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ‪E.K‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ×ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ × ‪+‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ )‪(1.5‬‬ ‫‪0.0008kg.m‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ‪1‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ‬
‫‪E.K Total = × 0.2 ×E.K‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺼﻞ‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(1.5) += 0.315Joule‬‬‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ )‪× 0.0008kg.m × (15‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Total‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ؟ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪E.K Total = 0.315Joule‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻻﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻼ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ . (17‬ﻭﺃﻛﺴﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺎً ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻻﺏ‬
‫‪ .‬ﺇﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(17‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻱ ﺇﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪∑⇀τ∝⇀α‬‬
‫⇀‪∑⇀τ =Ια‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺌﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (N.m‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ )ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ( ‪ .‬ﺃﻣّﺎ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )‪ (I‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺻﻠﺪﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 1kg‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 0.2m‬ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻭﺟﻬﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 10N‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪-:‬‬
‫‪v uv‬‬
‫‪∑τ = Iα‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ )‪ (5s‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪v uv‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪∑τ = Iα‬‬ ‫‪r × F = mr 2 . α‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪-1 /‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫‪r × F = mr . α‬‬
‫‪0.2 ×2 10 = ∑τv1=××Iα‬‬ ‫‪uv 2 . α 2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1 × ( 0.2 ) × α‬‬
‫)‪(0.2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪0.2 × 10 = 1 4× (0.2‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪= 0.4‬‬
‫×‬ ‫‪0.04‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬‫‪.αα1 mr 2 . α‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4 = α0.4= α‬‬ ‫‪= 100‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪rad / s 2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫×‬
‫‪0.04‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫)‪(0.2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. α‬‬
‫= ‪α‬‬ ‫‪w f = 100‬‬
‫‪w i +rad‬‬ ‫‪a∆t/ s‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5α‬‬
‫‪0.04‬‬ ‫‪4 = ×0.4‬‬
‫‪w f = 0 + 100‬‬
‫‪w f = w i + a∆t‬‬
‫‪α‬‬
‫‪w f = 500‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ = ‪rad 4/ s‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪w f = 0 + 100 × 5 0.04 100 rad / s‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪w f +w i‬‬
‫‪w f = 500 θrad=/ w‬‬ ‫‪s f = w i +× a∆t‬‬ ‫‪Dt‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪w +w i w f = 0 + 100 × 5‬‬
‫‪θ = f‬‬ ‫‪×500+0‬‬
‫‪Dt‬‬
‫‪2‬‬‫‪θ‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪w f 2= 500×rad‬‬ ‫‪5 =/ s1250 rad‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪500+0‬‬
‫= ‪θ‬‬ ‫‪×θ 5== w‬‬ ‫‪f +wrad‬‬
‫‪1250‬‬ ‫×‬‫‪ Dt‬‬‫‪1 rev ‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫×‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪1250rad‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪ π‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ 2π rad ‬‬
‫‪ 1 rev ‬‬
‫‪θ = ( 1250rad625‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫×‬ ‫‪500+0‬‬
‫‪ = 199rev‬‬ ‫‪× 5 = 1250 rad‬‬
‫‪= θ =rev‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪rad‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪625‬‬
‫‪rev =θ199rev‬‬ ‫‪ 1 rev ‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= ( 1250rad ) × ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪ 2π rad ‬‬
‫‪625‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪rev = 199rev‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪ 17 - 7‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪Conservation of angular momentum law‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﻣﻦ )‪ ( Ι 1‬ﺍﻟﻰ )‪ ( Ι 2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ω 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ ω 2‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻥ ﺯﺧﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ )‪ (L‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ( ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻧﺺ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ‪- :‬‬
‫) ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺟﺎﺳﺊ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺳﺌﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺊ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺳﺌﺔ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( 20‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً‬
‫ﻭﻳﻀﻢ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻘﻞ ﻋﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺯﺧﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪( 20‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ = ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫‪I1ω1‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪I2ω2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ )ﺭﺍﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﺢ ﻳﻜﻮﺭ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻔﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ) ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ( ‪ ،‬ﻻﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻙ ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺰﺧﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺹ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺹ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺍً ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺑﺒﻄﻲء ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ( ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻥ )‪ (Joule .second‬ﻫﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺯﺧﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺷﻐﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪(b‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻋﻠﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺯﺧﻤﺎً ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ؟‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻤ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎﻩ )ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻗﺎً ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ(ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫س‪ /1‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﻼﺗﻬﺎ )‪ (80cm‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺭﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﺒﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ )‪ (20m/s‬ﺧﻼﻝ )‪ (25s‬ﻓﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻣﻀﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫)‪ (50rev‬ﺧﻼﻝ )‪ (10s‬ﻣﺎﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ )‪ (0.6m‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ )‪ (80kg‬ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑـﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ (3600rev/min‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻻﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ )‪ (20s‬؟‬
‫س‪/4‬ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ )‪ (0.72m‬ﻭﻋﺰﻡ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )‪ (4.8kg.m2‬ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (10N‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ؟‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ )‪ (4s‬؟‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )‪ (1kg.m2‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎﺩ ﻓﺄﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺑـﻌـﺪ )‪ (4s‬ﻓـﻜـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﻐـﻞ ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻝ )‪ (200J‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩ؟‬
‫س‪/6‬ﻛﺮﺓ ﺻﻠﺪﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ )‪ (0.5kg‬ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ )‪ (0.2m‬ﺗﺘﺪﺣﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ )‪ (7m‬ﺑﺪﺣﺮﺟﺔ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺪﺓ ‪Isolid ) I = 2 mr 2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪. (sphere = 2/5 mr2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪Wave and Vibration Motion and Sound‬‬
‫‪ 1 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4 - 8‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﺤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8 - 8‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9 - 8‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10 - 8‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11 - 8‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 13 - 8‬ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 14 - 8‬ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 15 - 8‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 16 - 8‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 17 - 8‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 18 - 8‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 19 - 8‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 20 - 8‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 21 - 8‬ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫‪172‬‬

‫‪172‬‬
‫اﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Simple harmonic motion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫‪Amplitude‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫‪Frequency‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪Period‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Mechanical wave‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Crest‬‬ ‫ﻗﻤﺔ‬
‫‪Trough‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻉ‬
‫‪Super position Principle‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Constructive Interference‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎء‬
‫‪Destructive Interference‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪Antinode‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ‬
‫‪Node‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬
‫‪Compression‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬
‫‪Rarefaction‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
‫‪Pitch of the sound‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪Quality of sound‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪Doppler Effect‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ‬
‫‪Resonance‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Standing wave‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ‬
‫‪Shock wave‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﺤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻭﺗﺮ ﺣﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺪﺩ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪Wave and Vibration Motion and Sound‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪1 -8‬‬

‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻧﺎﺑﺾ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪. Periodic motion‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪2 -8‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎً ﻭﺍﻳﺎﺑﺎً ) ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2‬ﻭﺗﺨﻤﺪ )ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻫﺎ ( ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎً ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﺒﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻪ ( ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2‬‬

‫‪174‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪4 -8‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻤـﻤﻜﻦ ﻣـﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌـﻼﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ‬

‫ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺃﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻛـﺮﺓ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣـﻮﺿـﻮﻋـﺔ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﻗـﺮﺹ ﻳــﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺤـﺮﻛـﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴـﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ) ﺑـﺴــﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳــﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤـﺔ‬
‫)‪ ((ω‬ﺑـﺤﻴـﺚ ﻳﺴﻠـﻂ ﺿـــﻮء ﻋــﻠﻰ ﺍﻟــﻜـﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﻘـﻂ‬
‫ﻇﻠـﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻗـﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺷﺎﺷـﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﻣـﻮﺿـﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤــﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺹ ﻻﺣـﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗـﻊ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﺨﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺟﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x = Asinθ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪ = θ :‬ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7‬‬
‫‪ = A‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = x‬ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪177‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﺤﻠﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪6 -8‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻗﻠﺔ ﻛﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻤﺮ ﺛﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﻣﺤﻠﺰﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﺫ ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎً ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻼﺷﻲ ) ‪ (Damping Vibration‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺑﺬﺑﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺒﺬﻝ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺿﺪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺑﺬﺑﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪. (12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﺤﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ )‪suspen-‬‬
‫‪ (sion‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻼﺕ( ﺑﺘﺨﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. (13‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ‪-: Wave Motion‬‬ ‫‪7 -8‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎً ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻘﺎء ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (14‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(14‬‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ ‪-: Pulses in a string‬‬ ‫‪8 -8‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴـﺪﻙ ﺑﺴـﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﺳﻔـﻞ ﺳﻴﺘـﻮﻟــﺪ‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﺒﻀـﺔ ‪ pulse‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻌـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(15‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫) ‪ (υ‬ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ) ‪  x = υt  ( x‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺔ )ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ( ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ‪ υ‬ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤــﺪ ﺍﻧﻄـﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ) ‪ (T‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ( ‪. µ‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪ρµ′‬‬ ‫)‪(kg/m‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪Tension in the string‬‬
‫‪Wave speed = Linear mass density‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫=‪υ‬‬ ‫=‪⇒ υ‬‬
‫‪ρρµ′‬‬ ‫‪m/L‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪ T :‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻂ ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫‪kg‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪µ‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻌﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪ T‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ )ﻫﺰﺓ( ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ f‬ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫=‪f‬‬
‫‪T′‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫=‪υ‬‬
‫‪T′‬‬
‫‪λ = υT′‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺒﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ ﺳﻴﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻌﺮﺍً ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻌﺮ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻤﺔ( ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻔﺮﻕ ﻃﻮﺭ ˚‪ 180‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺮﺍً ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ( ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. ( 16‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮ ﺟﻴﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪ 20g‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 60cm‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ 30m/s‬؟‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫=‪υ‬‬ ‫=‪⇒ υ‬‬
‫‪ρ′‬‬ ‫‪m/L‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪× (30)2‬‬
‫‪mυ‬‬
‫=‪T‬‬ ‫‪⇒ = 1000‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪0.02 × 900‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪0.6‬‬
‫‪T = 30N‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ‪-: Principle of Superposition‬‬ ‫‪9 -8‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﻧﺤﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﻤﺒﺪﺍً ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻛﺎﻷﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻧﺒﻀﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤـﺠـﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻻﺗﺠـﺎﻫﻲ ﻷﺯﺍﺣـﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻀﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻓﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﻀﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺘﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻀﺔ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ‪Principle of Su-‬‬
‫‪. perposition‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺒﻀﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ )ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﺭ ˚‪ (180‬ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎء‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪10 - 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(19‬‬ ‫)‪ (sin wave-forms‬ﺍﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ( ‪ sine curve‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ )ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ( ‪ cosine curve‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮء‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (19‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪ ،υ‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ‪ λ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ . ƒ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪wave speed = frequency × wave length‬‬
‫‪υ=ƒλ‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺰﻣﻦ ‪ 0.08s‬ﻭﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 9400MHz‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﺔ ‪ c = 3 × 108m/s‬ﺟﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ( a‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ‪ ( b .‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫‪υc‬‬ ‫‪3 × 10 8 m/s‬‬

‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪ff‬‬ ‫‪9.4 × 10 9 HZ‬‬
‫‪Hz‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫‪λ = 3.19 × 10 -2 m = 3.19cm‬‬
‫‪n = ff t = ( 9.4 × 10 9 HZ‬‬
‫‪Hz )(8 × 10 s ) = 75.2 ×10‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫‪-: kindes of waves‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪11 - 8‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ‪: transverse waves‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﺰﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (20‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ‬
‫‪ sine , cosine‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ y‬ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(21‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(21‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﺫ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ‪: longitudinal wave‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺑﺾ ﻣﺤﻠﺰﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(22‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻼﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ‪.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪ 0˚C‬ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (1atm‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ، 5100m/s‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪. 331m/s‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫= ‪υs‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪υs‬‬
‫‪ Y‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ρ‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻚ ﻟﻼﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪ ، 7 ×1010 N/m2‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ ‪2.70 × 103kg/m3‬‬
‫= ‪υs‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫‪7 7× ×1010‬‬
‫‪10 7‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪/ m22‬‬
‫‪N/m‬‬
‫==‬
‫‪2.70× ×1010kg/m‬‬
‫‪3 3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2.7‬‬ ‫‪kg/m 3‬‬
‫‪== 509‬‬ ‫‪m m/s‬‬
‫‪5100‬‬
‫‪=5091‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ ‪/ s‬‬
‫‪m/s‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻜﺎً ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0.6m/s‬ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪-: T‬‬
‫‪υ = 331 + 0.6T‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﻻﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪β‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪ β‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ‪N/m2‬‬
‫= ‪υs‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫‪2.1 × 10 N/m‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺘﻪ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪1×103 kg/m3‬‬
‫‪β‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫= ‪υs‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫‪2.1 × 10 9 N/m 2 = 1449m/s‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫=‬
‫‪1 × 10 3 kg/m 3‬‬
‫‪ 13 - 8‬ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ‪-: Interference of wave‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﺃﺣﺴﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗﺴﺎءﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎء؟ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻮﻳﻨﻚ ) ﺗﺘﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ‪ A‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪ R, P‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ‪ B‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫)‪ (B‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ )‪ (PBR‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪. (26‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(26‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻃﺮﻕ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪ P‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ‪ B‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪ PBR - PAR‬ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻄﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺼﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪ R‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪ R‬ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ‪ B‬ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎً ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ )‪ (PBR‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪PAR‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﻳﻦ )‪ (PBR)(PAR‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬

‫‪188‬‬
‫‪ P‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻳﻀﺎً ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ) ( ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻲ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﺫ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻤﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪constructive interference‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻗﻌﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (27a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (27a‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻡ ‪Destructive Interference‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(27b‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫‪-: Resonance‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪14 - 8‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ‪ ƒ‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ . ƒ°‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ƒ = ƒ°‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎً ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(28‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﺫ ﺗــﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣــﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟـﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺧـﻠﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺑﺬﺑﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(29‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(29‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ؟‬

‫‪190‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ‪-: Beats‬‬ ‫‪15 - 8‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻃﺮﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﻛﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍً ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ‪ ƒB‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ƒB = ƒ1 –ƒ2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﺧﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍً ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫‪10Hz‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪. 7Hz‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ )‪ ( ƒ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ƒ1 + ƒ2‬‬
‫=‪ƒ‬‬ ‫ــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫ـ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(31‬‬
‫‪ = ƒ1‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = ƒ2‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫* ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﻃﺮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻬﺘﺰﺓ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪446Hz‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 7beats/sec‬ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ƒBƒ = ƒ 1 - ƒ 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪/‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪77 = ƒ 11 - 446‬‬
‫‪ƒ 11= 453Hz‬‬
‫‪453‬‬
‫‪or:-‬‬
‫‪7 = 446 - ƒ 22‬‬
‫‪ƒ 22 = 437Hz‬‬
‫‪439Hz‬‬
‫‪439‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺜﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ) ﻓﻴﻘﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ( ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻗﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺄﻥ ‪ f1‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ‪ f2‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻛﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬

‫ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ‪-: Standing waves‬‬ ‫‪16 - 8‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﺘﺴﺎءﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ؟ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ؟ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ؟ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍءﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻘﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(32‬‬ ‫ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. ( 32‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﺪﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺛﻘﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﺑﺎﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ؟‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﺘﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ‬

‫‪192‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻭﺑﻄﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﺍﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ )‪ (standing waves)(stationary wave‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (33‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (33‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻢ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺃﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ؟‬
‫ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ )‪ = (L‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ )‪(λ) × (n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫‪L=n.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪n = 1 , 2 , 3......‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(33‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪υ = λ fƒ1 :‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬
‫= ‪υ = λfƒ‬‬ ‫‪= n.‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬ ‫‪2L‬‬
‫‪n=1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫= ‪ ، fƒ1 1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ‪ ƒ1‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2L‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ )‪. (first harmonic‬‬
‫‪õ‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ‪ ƒ 2‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪= n = 2 :‬‬
‫‪õυ‬‬ ‫‪2L‬‬
‫== ‪ƒ 2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ‪. . .‬‬
‫‪2L‬‬
‫‪L‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34‬ﻭﺗﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 42cm‬ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ‪ 84m/s‬ﺟﺪ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ؟‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫‪L=n.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ‪ n‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ‬

‫‪λ‬‬
‫) ( ‪0.42 = 6 .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(34‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪0.42‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﺔ ‪= 0.14m‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬
‫‪f == λ ƒ = n .‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﺠﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫‪λ‬‬ ‫‪2L‬‬
‫‪1 × 84‬‬
‫= ‪ƒ1‬‬ ‫‪= 100Hz‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪2 × 0.42‬‬
‫‪õ2 × 84‬‬
‫= ‪ƒ2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 200Hz‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪22L× 0.42‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪ƒ 2 = 2ƒ 1 :‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪17 - 8‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪Loudness‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻔﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻬﻤﺲ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
‫)) ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ (( ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (35‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ =‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫=‪I‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = P‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ ) ‪. (Watt‬‬
‫‪ = A‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑـ ‪. m2‬‬
‫‪ = I‬ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪. Watt/m2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(35‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎً ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﻌﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﻩ ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ‪ :‬ﺍﺫ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪-: Measuring sound levels‬‬ ‫‪18 - 8‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﺗﻘﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ،20Hz - 20000Hz‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ) 20Hz‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ( ﺍﻭﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪) 20000Hz‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻮﻏﺎﺭﺗﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Watt‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺗﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻻﺗﺘﺤﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ‪Watt‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪-12 Watt‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪10Watt‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2 m‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪-12 Watt‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪Watt‬‬
‫‪m‬ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺘﺒﺔ‬‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪10 -12‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪ 1000Hz‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ‬
‫‪m2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻮﻏﺎﺭﺗﻤﻲ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ‪ (L )intensity level‬ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺗﻪ )‪ (I‬ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪L I L=I ( decibels) = 10 ( log10‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪I°‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ) ‪ ( LI‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎﺭﺗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺷﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫‪Watt‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪m2‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪10 -12‬‬
‫‪Watt‬‬ ‫‪ L O‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪m2‬‬
‫‪ L I‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪. (dB) decibel‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻻﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪10−−12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪LLOΙ = 10log −12 = 10log10 (1) = 10 × 0 = 0‬‬
‫‪10 −12‬‬
‫‪W att‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ )‬
‫‪m2‬‬
‫ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 −12‬‬
‫‪LLΙI = 10log‬‬ ‫‪−-12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪= 10log10 1012 = 120dB‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬

‫)‪(dB‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪Nearby jet airplanc‬‬ ‫ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻧﻔﺎﺛﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪Siren’ rok Concert‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪Subway , power mower‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺎﻕ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺎﺋﺶ‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪Busy traffic‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻢ‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪Vacuum cleaner‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻨﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪Normal conversation‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪Mosquito buzzing‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻮﺱ )ﺍﻟﺰﻥ(‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪Whisper‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺲ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪Rustling Leaves‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪Threshold of hearing‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪Pitch of the sound‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻈﺔ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(36‬‬ ‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍً ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (36‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ‪ 256Hz‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻥ ‪.‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. ( 37‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(37‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﺎﻝ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺋﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (38‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(38‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺁﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪ ، 2×10-7 Watt/m2‬ﺍﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎً ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ( a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻵﻟﺘﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( a‬ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ‪ L I‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻵﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
‫‪Ι‬‬
‫‪LLΙI = 10log10 Ι‬‬
‫‪ΙΙ oo‬‬
‫‪2×× 10−7−7watt / m 2‬‬

‫‪LIΙ11 = 10log10‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪−12‬‬
‫‪= 53dB‬‬
‫‪1××10−12‬‬ ‫‪watt / m 2‬‬
‫‪4×10-7 Watt/m2‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺗﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪Ι‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪LLI 22 = 10log10‬‬
‫‪ΙΙooo‬‬
‫‪4 ×10 -7 Watt / m 2‬‬
‫‪L I2 = 10 log10‬‬ ‫‪= 56 dB‬‬
‫‪1×10 -12 Watt / m 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 3dB‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﺎﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺍً ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻀﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻋﺎﺯﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎً ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺃﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻀﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﺯﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ‪-: Ultrasonic word‬‬ ‫‪19 - 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 20000HZ‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﺫ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺎﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺫ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺣـﻴﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻥ ﻛـﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻮﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻻﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺤﺼﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭ ﻟﻸﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻛﺲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻜﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﻜﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻘﻞ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺗـﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺬﺑﺬﺑﺔ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟـﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻘـﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﺎء ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﺤـﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﺤﻈﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﺘﻴﺖ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻮﻥ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﺍﻣﻴﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺈﻣﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻄﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﺗﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕﺫﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫)ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻔﻴﻦ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(39‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ‪-: Doppler effect‬‬ ‫‪20 - 8‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﻥ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻋﻨﻚ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻨﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(40‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ﺍﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ) ‪ (40‬ﻭﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﺫ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻭﺗﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ﻛﺎﻷﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(41‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( 41‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ υ s‬ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ ƒ‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ‪ υ‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫‪ ) ƒ‬ـــــــــــــــــــ ( = `‪ƒ‬‬
‫‪υ - υs‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪`ƒ > ƒ‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪ (Doppler flow meter‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(43‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (43‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪ ( 72km/h‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﺎًَ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ) ‪ (644Hz‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺣﻴﻨﺬﺍﻙ )‪ . ( 342m/s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫‪υ - υο‬‬
‫( = `‪ƒ‬‬ ‫‪) × ƒ‬‬
‫‪υ - υs‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻮﺕ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬
‫) ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪72 × 1000‬‬
‫= ‪υs‬‬ ‫‪= + 20m/s‬‬
‫‪3600‬‬
‫‪342 - 0‬‬
‫=` ‪ƒ‬‬ ‫‪× 644‬‬
‫)‪342 - (+20‬‬
‫‪342‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪× 644‬‬
‫‪322‬‬
‫‪ƒ ` = 684 Hz‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ ‪λ ′‬‬
‫= ‪λ′‬‬
‫`‪ƒ‬‬
‫‪342‬‬
‫= ‪λ′‬‬ ‫‪= 0.5m‬‬
‫‪684‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻮﺕ ﻳﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ (‪υs = - 20m/s‬‬
‫‪υ - υ‬‬
‫( = `‪ƒ‬‬ ‫‪ο‬‬
‫‪) × ƒ‬‬
‫‪72υ ×- 1000‬‬
‫‪υ s = + 20m/s‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪3600‬‬
‫‪ƒ` = 342 - 0‬‬ ‫‪× 644‬‬
‫)‪342 - (-20‬‬
‫‪342‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪× 644‬‬
‫‪362‬‬
‫‪ƒ` = 608.42 Hz‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫= ‪λ′‬‬
‫`‪ƒ‬‬
‫‪342‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 0.5621m‬‬
‫‪608.42‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ ( 5m/s‬ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺼـﺪﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺼﻮﺕ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ) ‪ (1035Hz‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺣﻴﻨﺬﺍﻙ‬
‫)‪ . ( 345m/s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ‪ (a :‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪υ - υο‬‬
‫( = `‪ƒ‬‬ ‫‪) × ƒ‬‬
‫‪υ - υs‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ) ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ( ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫)‪ υο = (- 5m/s‬ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ) ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ƒ` = 345 - (-5) × 1035‬‬

‫‪345 - 0‬‬
‫‪350‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪× 1035‬‬
‫‪345‬‬
‫‪ƒ` = 1050 Hz‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
‫)‪345 - (+5‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪× 1035‬‬
‫‪345 - 0‬‬
‫‪340‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪345‬ﻻﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪× 1035‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎً ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ‬
‫‪′ ƒ Hz‬‬
‫‪υ ==λ1020‬‬
‫‪υυ‬‬
‫= ‪λ′ = λ‬‬
‫‪ƒ‬‬
‫‪345‬‬
‫‪340‬‬
‫= ‪λ′‬‬ ‫‪= 0.33m‬‬
‫‪1050‬‬
‫‪1035‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ) ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ( ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪= 0.33m‬‬
‫)‪ υο = (+ 5m/s‬ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ) ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ƒ` = 345 - (+5) × 1035‬‬

‫‪345 - 0‬‬
‫‪340‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪× 1035‬‬
‫‪345‬‬
‫‪ƒ` = 1020 Hz‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫= ‪λ′ = λ‬‬
‫‪ƒ‬‬
‫‪340‬‬
‫= ‪λ′‬‬
‫‪1035‬‬
‫‪= 0.33m‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ( ‪-: Shock Wave‬‬ ‫‪21 - 8‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(44a‬‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄـﺎﺋـﺮﺓ ﻓـﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺟـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻳﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻃـﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻓـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺒﻬـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻤﻮﺟـﺔ ﺗﺰﺩﺣـﻢ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺴﻴـﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻜـﻮﻧﺔ ﺣﺎﺟـﺰ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻬـﻮﺍء ﻭﺑـﻀﻐـﻂ‬
‫ﻋـﺎﻟـﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻳﺴﻤـﻰ ﺑﺤـﺎﺟـﺰ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ‪sound barrier‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (44b‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﺰﺩﺣﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﺎً ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻴﺎً ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻡ ‪shock‬‬
‫‪ waves‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(44c‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫)‪ ، (45‬ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺭﺍﺳﻪ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫‪υt‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪sinθ‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪υst‬‬ ‫‪υs‬‬
‫‪ = υs‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ = υ‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ (‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(45‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ )‪ ( υs/ υ‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ )‪ (Mach Number‬ﻭﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﻭﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫)‪) ( υs > υ‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ( ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺻﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻤﻌﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺨﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺓ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻡ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً ؟‬

‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪%‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 2m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ‪ 10m/s2‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 5min‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪21.6‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪1.76 ( a‬‬
‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪106 (c‬‬
‫‪236‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﻤﺮ ﺛﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﻞ )‪ (12s‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻲ‬
‫)‪ (1.2m‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.8m/s‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪0.667m/s ( a‬‬
‫‪9.6m/s‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪1.8m/s (c‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺣﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻃﻠﻖ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪ (d‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ﻻﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺮﺗﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ (10‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪20dB‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪100dB ( a‬‬
‫‪2dB‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪10dB (c‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻟـ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ؟‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍً ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺜﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺟﺒﻞ ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟‬

‫‪%‬‬
‫ﺩﺩ‬
‫س‪ /1‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎً ) ‪12‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ( ﺧﻼﻝ )‪ (2min‬؟‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (10m‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ ﺗﺒﻌﺚ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ )‪ (100dB‬ﻳﺘﺤﺴﺴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪.(8×10-3m2‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻳﺎﻉ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻳﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ )‪ (25×10-3Watt‬ﺍﻟﻰ )‪. (250×10-3Watt‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﺮﺓ ‪ ، 3.5 π Watt‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ) ‪. (1.2 × 10-3Watt /m2‬‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﺗﻲ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﺗﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪. 40dB‬‬
‫س‪ /6‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺩﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ )‪ (4 π × 10 Watt‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫‪-10‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 15m‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ؟‬
‫س‪ /7‬ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻫﺎ ‪ 15g‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 50cm‬ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪ 25N‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ؟‬
‫س‪ /8‬ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ‪ 2cm‬ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 0.1s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﺔ )‪(3 × 108 m/s‬‬
‫س‪ /9‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎً ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 5٪‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻧﺬﺍﻙ ) ‪. (340m/s‬‬
‫س‪ /10‬ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺻﺒﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ) ‪ (5m/s‬ﻣﻘﺘﺮﺑﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺼﻮﺕ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪ (700Hz‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻧﺬﺍﻙ‬
‫)‪ (345m/s‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﻴﻨﺬﺍﻙ ؟‬

‫‪210‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪Electric Current‬‬
‫‪ 1 - 9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ 2 - 9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ 3 - 9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ 4 - 9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 5 - 9‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 6 - 9‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ 7 - 9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 8 - 9‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 9 - 9‬ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ 10 - 9‬ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ 11 - 9‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﺮﻳﺸﻬﻮﻑ‬
‫‪Electric Charge‬‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Electric Current‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪Conventional Current‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ‬
‫‪Electric Field‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪Potential Difference‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫‪Drift Velocity‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪Resistance‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫‪Resistor‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫‪Ohm’s Law‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫‪Resistance and Resistivity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Electrical Conductivity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Super Conductors‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Electromotive Force‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Internal Resistance‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Resistances in series‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪Kirchhoff’s Rules‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﻴﺮﺷﻬﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻌﺮﻕ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪َ .8‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫‪َ .10‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﺮﺷﻬﻮﻑ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪212‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫‪Electric Current‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺠﻬﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺭﺍﺕ( ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻳﻀﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪1 -9‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﺳﻄﺤﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ) ‪ (A‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (Δq‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫‪Charge‬‬
‫‪Quantity of chareg‬‬ ‫)‪ (Δt‬ﻓﺄﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪Electric Current‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪∆q‬‬
‫=‪I‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬
‫)‪coulomb (C‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻣﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪second (s‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫‪1 coulomb‬‬
‫= ‪1ampere‬‬
‫‪1second‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪Ι‬‬ ‫‪Ι‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2‬‬
‫‪213‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ =‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ × ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ × ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫)‪Current(I‬‬
‫‪Drift velocity(V‬‬
‫=) ‪(υD‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪Cross Section Area(A)×× Number of Electrons per unit volume(N)×Electron‬‬
‫×‬ ‫)‪charge(e‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫= ‪υD‬‬
‫‪ANe‬‬
‫ﺍﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ υ D‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪. m/s‬‬
‫‪ N‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ e‬ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺗﺠﻬﺰ‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍً ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 300 × 10-6A‬ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻩ ‪: 10-2s‬‬
‫‪ - a‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ؟‬
‫‪ - b‬ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ -a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫‪Charge‬‬
‫‪Quantity of chareg‬‬
‫= ‪Electric Current‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪∆q‬‬
‫=‪I‬‬
‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪∆q = I∆t‬‬
‫)‪= ( 300 × 10 -6 A) × ( 10 -2 s‬‬
‫‪∆q = 3 × 10 -6 C‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .b‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪( ∆q‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ) ‪= ( n‬‬
‫)‪(e‬‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫)‪Voltage ( V‬‬
‫= ) ‪Resistance ( R‬‬
‫)‪Current (I‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫‪⇒ V= I R‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻧﻔﺎً ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﻡ )‪ (ohms law‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ‪-:‬‬
‫)) ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ (( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪ (Ω‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻧﻪ ”ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ )‪ (1A‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ )‪. “(1V‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (ohmic conductors‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (5a‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻭﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5b‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻭﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ×‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ =‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (Resistivity‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪ (ρ‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪Length ( L‬‬
‫‪Resistance ( R ) = Resistance‬‬
‫× ) ‪Resistivity ( ρ‬‬
‫) ‪Cross section Area ( A‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫× ‪R=ρ‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (ρ‬ﻫﻲ ) ‪( Ω.m‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (ρ‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪. 20°C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ) ‪( Ω.m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪2.6 × 10-8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻨﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫‪1.72×10-8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‬
‫‪2.24 × 10-8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪100 × 10‬‬ ‫‪-8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﻜﺪﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪1.6 × 10-8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫‪5.6 × 10-8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﺴﺘﻦ‬
‫‪3 × 103‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪1010‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺯﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ؟‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ﺧﻮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻫﺞ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻻﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺎً ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪R = R o 1 + aα ( T - To ) ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ )‪ (1.1m‬ﻭﺑﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪4‬‬
‫)‪ (3.1×10-6m2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﺥ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ ))‪ (ρ°= 6.8×10-5(Ω.m‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،α = 2.0×10-3(1/ºC‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ (T°=320ºC‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪.420ºC‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∆ρ‬‬
‫= ‪α‬‬ ‫×‬
‫‪ρo‬‬ ‫‪∆T‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ρ − ρo‬‬
‫= ‪α‬‬ ‫×‬
‫‪ρo‬‬ ‫‪T - To‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ρ − 6.8 × 10 -5‬‬
‫= ‪2 × 10‬‬‫‪-3‬‬
‫×‬
‫‪6.8 × 10 -5‬‬ ‫‪420 - 320‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ = 8.18‬‬
‫)‪8.16 × 10 (Ω . m‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪ρL‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪8.18‬‬
‫‪=8.18‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫×‬ ‫‪1.1‬‬
‫‪× 10 × 1.1 ×= 10‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪8.998 × 10 −8‬‬
‫‪8.976‬‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪3.1 × 10 -6‬‬ ‫‪3.1 × 10 −6‬‬
‫‪= 25.5 Ω‬‬ ‫‪420 o C‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪: Superconductors‬‬ ‫‪4 -9‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺟﺔ )‪.CriticalTemperature(Tc‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫)‪ (Superconductors‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻓﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪( 7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻐﺎﻧﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺫ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )‪ ، (MRI‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻼﻋﻀﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(8‬‬
‫‪Electromotive Force‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪5 -9‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ( ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻱ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎً‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻻﺑ ﱠﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(9a‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻳُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪.(9b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(9‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﻜﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ =‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫‪Work‬‬
‫)‪Work(W‬‬‫)‪(W‬‬
‫‪Electro‬‬
‫‪Electromotive‬‬
‫‪motiveforce‬‬
‫)‪force(ε‬‬
‫==)‪(ε‬‬
‫‪Charge‬‬
‫)‪Charge(q‬‬
‫)‪(q‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫== ‪εε‬‬
‫‪qq‬‬
‫‪Joule‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪.Volt‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫‪Coulomb‬‬
‫‪Electric circuit law‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪6 -9‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﻘﻄﺒﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﺩﺍ ًﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍً ﺍﻭ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻖ ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪):‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (10‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﻄﺎﺏ( ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ . emf‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪ r‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎً ‪ emf‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ )‪ (a →b‬ﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪ (ε‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪ r‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( I r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ I‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ = ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ × ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(r‬‬ ‫)‪(I‬‬ ‫) ‪(∆V‬‬ ‫)‪(ε‬‬
‫‪ε = ∆V + Ir‬‬
‫‪ε = IR + Ir‬‬
‫‪Electromotive force‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪Current‬‬
‫‪Resistance + Internal Resistance‬‬
‫‪ε‬‬
‫=‪I‬‬
‫‪R+r‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟـﺪﺍً ﻓــﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟـﺪﺍً ﻳﻤـﻜﻦ ﺇﻫﻤـﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ )‪ (emf‬ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11‬‬

‫) ‪Internal Resistance (r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪7 -9‬‬

‫ﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪﺍﺕ( ﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻟﺪ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(12‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ )‪ (R‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (12‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﻄﺎﺏ )‪.(The Terminal Voltage of a Battery‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ )‪ (emf‬ﻟﻬﺎ ‪ 12V‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ، 0.01Ω‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪10A (a‬‬
‫‪100A(b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(13‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﺗﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ‪-: 10A‬‬
‫‪ V = I r‬‬
‫ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪ V = 10A × 0.01Ω = 0.1V‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪∆V = ε – Ir‬‬
‫‪∆V = 12.0V – 0.10V‬‬
‫‪= 11.9V‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪. 100A‬‬
‫‪V=Ir‬‬
‫‪V= 100A × 0.01Ω = 1.0V‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‪ (∆V‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆V = ε – Ir‬‬
‫‪∆V = 12.0V – 1.0V = 11.0V‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﻥ ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻩ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺃُﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻫﺞ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ؟ ﺗﻮﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (r‬ﻟﻠﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (14‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﻧﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻔﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ‪ :‬ﻧﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻧﺴﺠﻞ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ε=IR+Ir‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (emf‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(14‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (I‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ )‪ (R‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ )‪ (IR‬ﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪ (R‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻴﺘﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻥ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎً ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺎً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ /a‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15‬ﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻓﻴﻘﻴﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍً ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﺍً ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(15‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ )‪ = (R‬ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪ /b‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪: (16‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻭﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫=‪R‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ) ‪( V‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ) ‪( A‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻮﻥ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ) ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻔﺎﻧﻮﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ( ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (17‬ﻧﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ )‪ (R2 ، R3 ، R4‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫) ‪(Vdb= 0‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪VAb = VAd … .⇒ I1 R1 = I2 R3 .....(1‬‬
‫)‪Vbc = Vdc …. ⇒ I1 R2 = I2 R4 .....(2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪R1 R 3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ‬
‫‪R2 R4‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ R 1‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻼﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(17‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪R3‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫× ‪R1 = R 2‬‬
‫‪R4‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ R 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻔﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ)‪ (R3 , R4‬ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (18‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ‬
‫)‪ (R ∝ L‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪= 1‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪L2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(18‬‬
‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪ (abcd)6‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺿﻼﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ) ‪ (R , 10 , 2 , 4‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ )‪a‬‬
‫‪(، c‬ﺑﻘﻄﺒﻲ ﻧﻀﻴﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (19‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪1Ω‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻛﻠﻔﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫) ‪ ( d ،b‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ 0.6A‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ R‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪. R‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ emf (3‬ﻟﻠﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(19‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﺰﻧﺔ ) ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ = ﺻﻔﺮ (‬
‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪R‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 3‬‬
‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪R4‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪4Ω‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪⇒ R = 20Ω‬‬ ‫‪Ω‬‬
‫‪10Ω‬‬ ‫‪2Ω‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ 20Ω‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ 10Ω‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻉ ‪abc‬‬
‫‪Vac = I R‬‬
‫‪Vac= (0.6A) (20Ω +10Ω)= 18V‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﻴﻦ ‪ 2Ω‬ﻭ ‪ 4Ω‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪18V‬‬
‫= ‪Iadc‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 3A‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪(4+2)Ω‬‬

‫‪ emf (3‬ﻟﻠﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ‪ITotal = (0.6A) + (3A) = 3.6A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪R abc‬‬ ‫‪R adc‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪(10 + 20 ) Ω‬‬ ‫‪( 4 + 2) Ω‬‬ ‫‪5Ω‬‬
‫‪∴ R = 5Ω‬‬
‫‪emf = I R + I r‬‬
‫‪emf = (3.6A)(5Ω) +(3.6A)(1Ω) = 21.6V‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪Electric Power‬‬ ‫‪8 -9‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ)‪(+‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎًﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻑ)‪ (A‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ)‪(-‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ )‪ (B‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ )‪ (A , B‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ )‪ (Δq‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(20‬‬ ‫)‪ (A‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻃﺊ )‪ (B‬ﻓﺘﻘﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ) ‪ (ΔqV‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ V‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻬﺎ )ﺍﻭ ﻳﺤﻮﻟﻬﺎ( ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪potantial‬‬
‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪difference (V)V××quantity‬‬
‫‪∆q‬‬ ‫(‪of charge‬‬
‫∆×‪V‬‬ ‫‪∆q‬‬ ‫)‪q‬‬
‫= ‪power‬‬ ‫= ‪P‬‬ ‫= ‪P‬‬
‫))‪time((∆∆tt‬‬ ‫) ‪( ∆t‬‬

‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪× ∆q‬‬

‫‪(∆q)V‬‬
‫=‪Ρ‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫=‬
‫) ‪( ∆t‬‬
‫)‪(∆t‬‬
‫‪(∆q)V‬‬
‫)‪(∆q‬‬
‫‪Ρ‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫‪×V‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫)‪(∆t‬‬
‫)‪(∆t‬‬
‫‪(∆q)V‬‬
‫‪Ρ‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬‫‪=IV‬‬‫)‪(∆q‬‬
‫‪R = (∆t)V‬‬ ‫‪Joule‬‬
‫)‪. (∆t‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪watt‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫=‬
‫‪R =IV‬‬
‫)‪(∆q‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪second‬‬
‫)‪(∆t‬‬
‫‪Coulomb‬‬ ‫‪Joule‬‬ ‫‪Joule‬‬
‫‪(Ampere) (Volt) = (R =IV‬‬ ‫()‬ ‫(=)‬ ‫‪) = watt‬‬
‫‪second‬‬ ‫‪Coulomb‬‬ ‫‪second‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ = ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ × ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫‪Energy = power × time‬‬
‫‪E=p × t‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪P = IV‬‬
‫‪P = I ( IR ) = I2 R‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬
‫=‪P =   V‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫)‪ (R‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ )‪ . (r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪..‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪: Series Wiring‬‬ ‫‪9 -9‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(22‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ = ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ = R1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪R2‬‬
‫‪Itotal = I1 = I2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻄﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ R1‬ﻫﻲ ‪ V1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ R2‬ﻫﻲ ‪V2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ )‪ = (Vtotal‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ + R1‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪R2‬‬
‫‪Vtotal = V1 + V2‬‬
‫‪V1 = I R1 ، V2= I R2‬‬
‫‪Vtotal = V1 + V2‬‬
‫‪Vtotal = I R1 + I R2‬‬
‫)‪I (R1+ R2‬و =‪Vtotal‬‬
‫و‬
‫‪Vtotal=I Req‬‬
‫‪Req = R1 + R2‬‬ ‫ﻻن‬
‫إذ ان ‪ Req‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪I = I1 = I2 = I3 = .....‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬ ‫‪Req = R1 + R2 + R3 + ....‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬ ‫‪V = V1 + V2 + V3 + ....‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(23‬‬
‫ﺛﻼث ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺎت ‪5Ω ،3Ω، 2Ω‬رﺑﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﺮق ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ 20V‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ واﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ . (24‬ﺟﺪ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﺋﺮة ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻓﺮق اﳉﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(24‬‬ ‫اﳊﻞ‪/‬‬
‫‪1) Req = R1 + R2 + R3‬‬
‫‪Req = 2Ω + 3Ω + 5Ω = 10Ω‬‬
‫)‪2‬‬ ‫‪Vtotal‬‬ ‫‪20V‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪total‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 2A‬‬
‫‪R eq‬‬ ‫‪10Ω‬‬
‫‪3) Itotal = I1 = I2 = I3 = 2A‬‬
‫‪4) V1 = I R1 = (2A) (2Ω) = 4V‬‬

‫‪V2 = I R2 = (2A) (3Ω) = 6V‬‬
‫‪V3 = I R3 = (2A) (5Ω) = 10V‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ‪ Vtotal‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪Vtotal = V1 + V2 + V3‬‬
‫‪Vtotal = 4V + 6V + 10V = 20V‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ‪: Parallel Wiring‬‬ ‫‪10 - 9‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺟﺪﺍً‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (25‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ‪ 220V‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(25‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﻳﻮ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ( ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ‪ 220V‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ً‬
‫ﻓﻌﻼ ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ( ﻻﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﻃﻔﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ITotal = I1 + I2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪total‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪R eq‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫= ‪I1‬‬
‫‪R1‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫= ‪I2‬‬
‫‪R2‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫= ‪I3‬‬
‫‪R3‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪total‬‬ ‫‪= I 1 + I2 + I 3‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪R eq‬‬ ‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪R3‬‬ ‫‪R eq‬‬ ‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪R3‬‬

‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪I = I1 + I2 + I3+ .....‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪R eq‬‬ ‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪R3‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬ ‫‪V = V1 = V2 = V3 = ....‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(26‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (27‬ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ )‪، ( V=120V‬‬
‫ﺭﺗﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫) ‪ ( ef) , (cd) , (ab‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(27‬‬
‫ﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ )‪ (x ، y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (28a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻞ )‪ (24b‬ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪: ( 28a‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 50Ω‬ﻭ ‪ 30Ω‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪R eq.s = 30Ω + 50Ω = 80Ω‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 60Ω‬ﻭ ‪ 20Ω‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪R eq.s = 20Ω + 60Ω = 80Ω‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(28‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪(Loop rule‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪∑ ∑∑∆∆V‬‬
‫‪closed‬‬
‫‪V∆V‬‬‫‪= 0==0∑ ∆V‬‬
‫‪loop loop‬‬
‫‪closed‬‬
‫‪drops‬‬ ‫‪rises‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻴﺮﺷﻬﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪Potential drops‬‬ ‫‪potential rises‬‬
‫‪∑ ∆V‬‬ ‫‪drops‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∑ ∆V‬‬ ‫‪rises‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ‪ ε‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪r‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ ، R‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﺴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ . clock wise‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ )‪ ( Vab‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ a ، b‬؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ=‪i r + ε b‬‬
‫)ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ‪ ( Vb -‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪Va‬‬
‫‪ε -ir = V - V =V‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ c‬ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ )‪ ( Vc‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪b r‬ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ab‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫‪Vab = ε - i r‬‬
‫ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ )‪ (Potential drops‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪ b‬ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ c‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻃﻰء ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ c‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ a‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺪ )‪ (potential rise‬ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ ، ε‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺠﺰﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﻴﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﺍً ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ) ‪ (V‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ab‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪Vb - Ir + ε = Va‬‬
‫‪ε - Ir = Va - Vb = Vab‬‬
‫‪Vab = ε - Ir‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻ‬
‫‪ .a‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (31a‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ )‪. (IR‬‬
‫‪V =-IR‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31b‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫)‪. (IR‬‬
‫‪V =+IR‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ً‬
‫‪ .a‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(31c‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪. ε‬‬
‫‪V =+ε‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(31d‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪.ε‬‬
‫‪V =-ε‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(31‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (32‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ I‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻃﻰء ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻴﺮﺷﻬﻮﻑ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(32‬‬

‫‪Potential drops = potential rises‬‬

‫‪∑ ∆V‬‬
‫‪∆V‬‬ ‫‪drops‬‬
‫‪drops‬‬ ‫==‬ ‫‪∑ ∆V‬‬
‫‪∆V‬‬ ‫‪drops‬‬
‫‪drops‬‬
‫‪rises‬‬
‫‪I (12) + 6 + I (8) = 24‬‬

‫‪20 I = 18‬‬
‫‪I = 0.9 A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (33‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪10‬‬

‫‪(b‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪ a , b‬؟‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ؟‬
‫‪R = 9 Ω , r2 = 2 Ω , r1 = 1 Ω , ε2 = 12V , ε1 = 6V‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(33‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪/‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﻦ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﺸﻬﻮﻑ )ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ( ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ a‬ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪I R + Ir 2 + ε1 + Ir1 = ε 2‬‬

‫‪I ( R + r 2 + r1 ) = ε 2 - ε1‬‬
‫‪ε 2 - ε1‬‬
‫= ‪I‬‬
‫‪R + r 2 + r1‬‬
‫‪12 - 6‬‬
‫= ‪I‬‬
‫‪9 + 2 + 1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= A‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪ b , a‬ﻧﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ a‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ b‬ﺑﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I R + Ir 2 +Vεa1 + IIrr11 +‬‬ ‫‪= εε12 = Vb‬‬

‫‪I ( R + r 2Va +- r1V)b = -εε12 -- Iε1r1‬‬
‫‪ε1 - ε‬‬
‫‪VabI = -6 - ( 2 ) (1)1‬‬
‫‪R +2r 2 + r1‬‬
‫‪Vab = -6.5V‬‬ ‫‪12 - 6‬‬
‫= ‪I‬‬
‫‪9 + 2 + 1‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪c ,b‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ =‬‫‪= A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ) ‪. (11V‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34‬ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﻴﺮﺷﻬﻮﻑ ﺍﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ؟‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪. c‬‬
‫∑= ‪I‬‬
‫‪∑ ∆V‬‬
‫∑‬ ‫‪I ∑ ∆V= ∑ ∆V‬‬
‫‪∑=∆V‬‬
‫‪in drops‬‬ ‫‪out‬‬
‫‪drops‬‬ ‫‪rises‬‬ ‫‪rises‬‬
‫)‪I1 + I 2 = I 3 L (1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(34‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪ (Loop rule‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ )‪.(ABCDEA) (Loop1‬‬


‫)‪I2 (6) = I1 (3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪I2 = I1‬‬ ‫)‪....(2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ )‪ ( 2 ، 1‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﻴﻞ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪(Loop rule‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎً ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ )‪. (ABCFGHA) (Loop2‬‬
‫‪I2 (6) + I3 (4) = 6‬‬ ‫)‪... (3‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻮﺽ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ I3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪I2 ( 6 ) + ( I1 +I2 ) ( 4 ) =6‬‬ ‫) ‪.... ( 4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I2 = I1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ) ‪..... ( 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪I1 (6) + ( I1 + I1 )(4) = 6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪I1‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪I2‬‬ ‫‪= I1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪I2‬‬ ‫‪= A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪I3‬‬ ‫‪= I1 + I2‬‬
‫‪I3‬‬ ‫‪1A‬‬
‫‪= IA‬‬

‫‪Ê‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‬
‫س‪ /‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪- :‬‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ‪ ، 1Ω‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ؟‬
‫‪2Ω‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪0.4Ω‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪4Ω‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪0.2Ω‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺳﻠﻚ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ‪ 10Ω‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﻟﻮ ُﻗﻄ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ ؟‬
‫‪5Ω‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬ ‫‪10Ω‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪1Ω‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪20Ω‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﺪﻓﺄﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ )‪ (1000w‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ )‪ ، (120V‬ﻣﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﻓﺊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )‪ (120V‬؟‬
‫‪500W‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪400W (a‬‬
‫‪1000W‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪200W‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪ (1V) (emf‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (r‬ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ )‪ (R‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺭﺑﻄﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺒﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 1/2V‬؟‬
‫‪R = 2r‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪R=1/2r‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪R=r‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪R = 4r‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬

‫‪ - 5‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ )‪ (Ω.A2‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪Ê‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ‪ 120V‬ﻭﻣﺠﻔﻒ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ‪240V‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ؟‬
‫ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺠﻬﺰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪ ، (B‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪ ، (A‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪ ، (B‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪ (A‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪: (B‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻒ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬

‫‪RA‬‬ ‫‪RB‬‬
‫‪1A‬‬ ‫‪2A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪A‬‬
‫•‬ ‫•‬
‫‪2V‬‬ ‫‪1V‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﺳﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ 0.1Ω‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺿﻌﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻭﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪. 0.2Ω (b‬‬ ‫‪. 400Ω (a‬‬
‫‪. 0.8Ω (d‬‬ ‫‪. 0.1Ω (c‬‬

‫‪ - 9‬ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻼﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪:( r = 0‬‬
‫‪4 (b‬‬ ‫‪. 1/4 (a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪. 1/2‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬

‫‪ ( c‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻊ )ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ( d‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( e‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ )‪ (0.4A‬ﺑﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ )‪. (3.0V‬‬
‫‪ ( a‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( c‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ 5.5minutes‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /5‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ R = 4Ω‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫)‪ ،(4V,8V‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻥ ‪. r1= 1Ω , r2 = 1Ω :‬‬
‫ﺟﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ( a‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( b‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ )‪ (a , b‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( c‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ) ‪ (a , b‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /6‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪R1 = 5 Ω , ε2 = 1 V‬‬

‫‪, R2 = 2 Ω , R3 = 4 Ω , ε1 = 3 V ,‬‬
‫‪ ( a‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( b‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ‬
‫)‪. (Vab ) , ( b ), (a‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪Magnetism‬‬
‫‪ 1 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ 2 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ 3 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ 4 - 10‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ 5 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ 6 - 10‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 7 - 10‬ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬
‫‪ 8 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ 9 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ 10 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ‬
‫‪ 11 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ 12 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻬﺴﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Magnetic Field.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Magnetic Flux and it’s Density.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Weber.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺒﺮ ) ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪Maxwell.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﺴﻮﻳﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Earth’s Magnetic Field.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪The Magnetic Field of Solenoid.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪The Magnetic Hysteric’s.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺴﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Torque.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Dip Angel.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Drift Velocity.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ -‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﺴﻮﻳﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ -‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟﻮﺭﻧﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫)‪ (d‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻠﻞ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍً ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎً‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺫﺑﺎً ﺗﺎﺭ ًﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻓﺮﺍً ﺗﺎﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ -‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪Magnetism‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‬

‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭﺭﺳﺘﺪ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1820‬ﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1‬ﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍً ﺁﺧﺮﺍً ﺇﺫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻗﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ؟ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪-: The Magnetic Field‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫⇀‬ ‫‪uv‬‬
‫)‪( B‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻘﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪249‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪Tesla‬‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ‬

‫)‪ (MRI‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10-2‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪10-2‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪0.5 × 10-4‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ )ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫‪10-13‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣـﺜـﺎل ‪1‬‬

‫) ‪ (28cm × 21.5cm‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (4‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Φ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ) ‪ ( 5.31 × 10-5T‬ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 37°‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫‪vuv‬‬ ‫‪vv‬‬
‫‪
r‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ B‬ﻭﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪
:r‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ، 53°‬ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪Φ = BAcos θ‬‬

‫)ْ‪Φ = (5.31 × 10-5T) ( 0.215m × 0.280m)(cos53‬‬
‫‪Φ = 1.92 × 10-6T.m2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ‪Earth’s Magnetic Field‬‬ ‫‪3 - 10‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( 5‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪،‬ﺃﻱﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔﻳﻨﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪. (11°‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺠﺮﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4 - 10‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎً ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (6‬ﻓﺎﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﻴﻦ )ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻲ( ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ )ﺃﻱ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪90°‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ( ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻖ ﺑـ ) ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪(dip angle‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ) ‪ . (0 ° - 90°‬ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺟــﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎً ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻄﻒ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪ (0 °‬او ) ‪ ( 180°‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺑـ )‪ )(00‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪252‬‬

‫‪ 5 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( q o‬ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫⇀‬‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( q‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪υ‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻴﻀﻪ )‪ ( B‬ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪⇀v‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ υ‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(7‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫⇀ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ) (‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫⇀ﻭ )‪ ( B‬ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ θ‬ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫⊥‪υ‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫⊥‪υ‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫⇀‬‫‪uv‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫⇀ ‪v‬‬
‫⇀ ) ‪(F ) = (q‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫)‪υ × ( B‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪F = ( q o ) υ × B sinθ‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪ (F‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ‬
‫)‪ (sin θ‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻥ ‪ θ‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ -a‬ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫⇀‬‫‪uv‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬ ‫⇀‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ = ﺻﻔﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ )‪. (θ = 90°‬‬
‫⇀‬
‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( F‬ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺩﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ - b‬ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬ ‫⇀‬‫‪uv‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪ υ‬ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ‬ ‫‪⇀v‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ‪ θ‬ﻓﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪F = q oυ B sinθ‬‬ ‫‪⇀uv‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ) ‪ ، ( F‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7‬‬
‫)‪.(a , b , c‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫⇀‬‫‪uv‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪ - c‬ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Fmax = q oυ B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺎً‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ) ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ( ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 5 × 10 6m/s‬ﺻﺎﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪ 0.4T‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ = 30°‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ،1.6 × 10-19 C‬ﺟﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺍﻥ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ‪1.67 × 10-27 kg‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪F = q υ Bsinθ‬‬
‫)ْ‪F = (1.6 × 10-19C ) ( 5 × 106m/s)(0.4 T)(sin30‬‬
‫‪F = 1.6 × 10-13 N‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬
‫‪mp‬‬
‫‪1.6 × 10 -13 kg‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬ ‫‪= 9.6 × 1013 m/s 2‬‬
‫‪1.67 × 10 kg‬‬
‫‪-27‬‬

‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 0.5m‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ )‪ (20A‬ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (3N‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ )‪ (B‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ؟‬
‫‪F = I L B sinθ‬‬
‫‪sin 90 o = 1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻥ‬ ‫‪θ = 90 o‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ‬
‫‪∴F = I L B‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪3N‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫=‪B‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0.3‬‬
‫‪IL‬‬ ‫)‪(20A)(0.5m‬‬ ‫‪A.m‬‬
‫‪wb‬‬
‫‪B = 0.3‬‬ ‫‪= 0.3T‬‬
‫‪m2‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪7 - 10‬‬

‫‪Motion of a charge particle in a uniform magnetic field‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ )‪(q+‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ) ‪ (υ‬ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫) ⊗ ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ )‪ (B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(FB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ B ، υ‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(10‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪ (q υB‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (10‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ )‪ (q‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ (q‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ )‪(r‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ) ‪ (Fc‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪Centripetal force ( Fc ) = magnetic force ( FB‬‬
‫‪Fc = Fmag‬‬
‫‪mυ 2‬‬
‫‪= qυB‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪mυ‬‬
‫=‪r‬‬
‫‪qB‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ )‪ (r‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ )‪ (mv‬ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎً‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻭﺭﺳﺘﺪ )‪(1820‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺇﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞﻳﺤﻤﻞﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍً‪.‬ﺗﻮﺻﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ)ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺕﻭﺳﺎﻓﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫( ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺬﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬ﻭﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(11‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻓﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫) ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ )‪ (B‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (r‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ . ( I‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫‪µο I‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫=‪B‬‬
‫‪2πr‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ‪ µο‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ )‪ (Permeability‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪wb‬‬
‫‪µο = 4π × 10 -7‬‬
‫‪A.m‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ‬

‫‪10 - 10‬‬
‫‪the magnetic field of a solenoid‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﻮﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ )‪ (N‬ﺗﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫)‪ (S‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪(14‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﺨﺬﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺑﺄﻗﺼﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪. (14‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ )‪ (B‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ )‪ (B‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪NI‬‬
‫‪B = µo‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ‪ N‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪ I ,‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ L ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪ B ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻔﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪B = µ o nI‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬ ‫=‪n‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ( ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻧﺒﺮﻙ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ‪،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ‪،‬ﺃﺗﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻌﺎً ﺁﻡ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫ ﺍ ؟‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ٌ‬
‫ﺳﺆال‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ٌ‬
‫?‬
‫‪F=ILB‬‬
‫‪F2 = F4 = I a B‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪ . (b‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺰﻡ ﺃﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ )‪ (τ‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ‪ F2 ، F4‬ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑـ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(b) Lever arm × Magnitude of force(F) = Torque (τ‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪ (ττ total‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ) ‪ (F2 ، F4‬ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫‪τ total =F2 ×   +F4 ×   = ( I a B) ×   + ( I a B) ×  ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪τ total =I ( a b ) × B‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ )‪ (a , b‬ﻳﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ‪ِ :‬‬
‫‪. A = ab‬‬
‫‪∴ τtotal = I A B‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ N‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( τtotal‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪τtotal = B I A N‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪ (A N I‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪ μ‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ )‪ (A‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ . (16‬ﻭﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪τ = B I A N sinθ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ = ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻻﻥ ) ‪. ( θ = 0‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪(16‬‬

‫‪× -4-4m‬‬
‫‪ 2.0×10‬ﻣﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫‪2.0×10‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ ‪m22‬‬
‫)‪ (0.045A‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻴﻀﻪ )‪.(0.15T‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫‪θ = 90 o‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪sin‬‬
‫‪è = 90o = 1‬‬
‫)‪τ = ( N I A)(B sinθ‬‬
‫) ‪τ= ( N I A ) ( B sin 90 o‬‬
‫‪τ==1.35‬‬
‫‪100 ×× 10‬‬
‫‪0.045‬‬
‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪N×. 2m× 10-4 × 0.15 × 1‬‬
‫‪τ= ( 9 × 10 -4 A . m 2 ) ( 0.15 ) ×1‬‬
‫‪τ= 1.35 × 10 -4 N . m‬‬
‫‪ 8 - 10‬ﺍﻟﻬﺴﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪Magnetic Hysteric’s‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ( ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻤﻐﻨﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻹﺣﺘﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً ﺟﺪﺍً ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﻳﺒﻮﻻﺕ )ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ(‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻄﻒ ﻋﺰﻭﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪. (17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪(17‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪Χ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫س‪/1‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻌﺎً ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪B‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪ (r‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍً ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎً‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫‪. r2 (b‬‬ ‫‪r (a‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪(d‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪Χ‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺗﻨﻘﺺ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ υ‬ﻭﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫
‬‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍً ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺳﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺳﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺳﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻌﺰﻡ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻌﺰﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /2‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺠﺰﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪υυ‬ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /3‬ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﻔﻮﺥ ﻭﻣﺪﻟﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻑ‬
‫)ﺷﺤﻨﺔﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ( ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺨﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻴﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟‪.‬‬
‫س‪ /4‬ﻋﻴّﻦ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(19‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪).‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪).‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ(‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪).‬ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ‬
‫‪129‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ)ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪143‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪211‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪247‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

PHYSICAL CONSTANTS
symbol Value
Quantity
Universal gravitational constant G 6.674 × 10 -11 m 3 /( kg .s2 )
Speed of light in vacuum c 2.998 × 10 8 m /s
Elementary charge e 1.602 × 10 -19C
6.626 × 10 -34 J.S
4.136 × 10 -15eV.s
Planck`s constant ħ=h/ 2π
1.055 × 10 -34 J.s
6.582 × 10 -16eV.s
Universal gas constant R 8.314 J / (mol.k)
Avogadro`s number NA 6.022 × 10 23mol-1
1.381 × 10 -23 J/k
Boltzmann constant KB
8.617 × 10 -5 eV/K
1
coulomb force constant K =
4π ∈o 8.988 × 10 9 N.m2/C2
Permittivity of free space
( electric constant)
∈o 8.854 × 10-12 C2/(N .m2)
Permeability of free sspace

( magnetic constant)
µο 4π × 10-7 T .m / A
9.109 × 10-31 kg
Electron mass me
0.000548580 u
Electron rest energy mec2 0.5110MeV
1.673 × 10-27 kg
Proton mass mP
1.0072765u
Proton rest energy mPc2 938.272MeV
1.675 × 10-27 kg
Neutron mass mn
1.0086649u
Neutron rest energy mnc2 939.565MeV
Compton Wavelength of electron λc 2.426 × 10-12m

Stefan - Boltzmann constant σ 5.670 × 10-8W/(m2 . K4)
Rydberg constant R 1.097 × 107m-1
Bohr radius of hydrogen atom aο 5.292 × 10-11m
Ionization enegry of hydrogen atom - Ε1 13.61eV
270
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫‪tanθ‬‬ ‫‪cosθ‬‬ ‫‪sinθ‬‬ ‫‪tanθ‬‬ ‫‪cosθ‬‬ ‫‪sinθ‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪0‬‬

‫‪0.4877‬‬ ‫‪0.8988‬‬ ‫‪0.4384‬‬ ‫‪0.4538‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪26‬‬
‫‪0.0175‬‬ ‫‪0.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0175‬‬ ‫‪0.0175‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪1‬‬
‫‪0.5095‬‬ ‫‪0.8910‬‬ ‫‪0.4540‬‬ ‫‪0.4712‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪27‬‬
‫‪0.0349‬‬ ‫‪0.9994‬‬ ‫‪0.0349‬‬ ‫‪0.0349‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪2‬‬
‫‪0.5317‬‬ ‫‪0.8829‬‬ ‫‪0.4695‬‬ ‫‪0.4887‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪28‬‬
‫‪0.0524‬‬ ‫‪0.9976‬‬ ‫‪0.0523‬‬ ‫‪0.0524‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪3‬‬
‫‪0.5543‬‬ ‫‪0.8746‬‬ ‫‪0.4848‬‬ ‫‪0.5061‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪29‬‬
‫‪0.0699‬‬ ‫‪0.9976‬‬ ‫‪0.0698‬‬ ‫‪0.0698‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪4‬‬
‫‪0.5774‬‬ ‫‪0.8660‬‬ ‫‪0.5000‬‬ ‫‪0.5236‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪30‬‬ ‫‪0.0875‬‬ ‫‪0.9962‬‬ ‫‪0.0872‬‬ ‫‪0.0873‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪5‬‬
‫‪0.6009‬‬ ‫‪0.8572‬‬ ‫‪0.5150‬‬ ‫‪0.5411‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪31‬‬ ‫‪0.1054‬‬ ‫‪0.9945‬‬ ‫‪0.0175‬‬ ‫‪0.1047‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪6‬‬
‫‪0.6249‬‬ ‫‪0.8480‬‬ ‫‪0.5299‬‬ ‫‪0.5585‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪32‬‬ ‫‪0.1228‬‬ ‫‪0.9925‬‬ ‫‪0.1219‬‬ ‫‪0.1222‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪7‬‬
‫‪0.6494‬‬ ‫‪0.8387‬‬ ‫‪0.5466‬‬ ‫‪0.5760‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪33‬‬ ‫‪0.1405‬‬ ‫‪0.9903‬‬ ‫‪0.1392‬‬ ‫‪0.1396‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪8‬‬
‫‪0.6745‬‬ ‫‪0.8290‬‬ ‫‪0.5592‬‬ ‫‪0.5934‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪34‬‬ ‫‪0.1584‬‬ ‫‪0.9877‬‬ ‫‪0.1564‬‬ ‫‪0.1571‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪9‬‬
‫‪0.7002‬‬ ‫‪0.8192‬‬ ‫‪0.6736‬‬ ‫‪0.6109‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪35‬‬ ‫‪0.1763‬‬ ‫‪0.9848‬‬ ‫‪0.1736‬‬ ‫‪0.1745‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪10‬‬
‫‪0.7265‬‬ ‫‪0.8090‬‬ ‫‪0.5878‬‬ ‫‪0.6283‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪36‬‬ ‫‪0.1944‬‬ ‫‪0.9816‬‬ ‫‪0.1908‬‬ ‫‪0.1920‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪11‬‬
‫‪0.7536‬‬ ‫‪0.7986‬‬ ‫‪0.6018‬‬ ‫‪0.6458‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪37‬‬ ‫‪0.2126‬‬ ‫‪0.9781‬‬ ‫‪0.2079‬‬ ‫‪0.2094‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪12‬‬
‫‪0.7813‬‬ ‫‪0.7880‬‬ ‫‪0.6157‬‬ ‫‪0.6632‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪38‬‬ ‫‪0.2309‬‬ ‫‪0.9744‬‬ ‫‪0.2250‬‬ ‫‪0.2269‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪13‬‬
‫‪0.8098‬‬ ‫‪0.7771‬‬ ‫‪0.6293‬‬ ‫‪0.6807‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪39‬‬ ‫‪0.2493‬‬ ‫‪0.9703‬‬ ‫‪0.3419‬‬ ‫‪0.2443‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪14‬‬
‫‪0.8391‬‬ ‫‪0.7660‬‬ ‫‪0.6428‬‬ ‫‪0.6981‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪40‬‬ ‫‪0.2679‬‬ ‫‪0.9659‬‬ ‫‪0.2688‬‬ ‫‪0.2618‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪15‬‬
‫‪0.8693‬‬ ‫‪0.7547‬‬ ‫‪0.6561‬‬ ‫‪0.7156‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪41‬‬ ‫‪0.2767‬‬ ‫‪0.9613‬‬ ‫‪0.2756‬‬ ‫‪0.2793‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪16‬‬
‫‪0.9004‬‬ ‫‪0.7431‬‬ ‫‪0.6691‬‬ ‫‪0.7330‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪42‬‬ ‫‪0.3057‬‬ ‫‪0.9563‬‬ ‫‪0.2924‬‬ ‫‪0.2967‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪17‬‬
‫‪0.9325‬‬ ‫‪0.7314‬‬ ‫‪0.6820‬‬ ‫‪0.7505‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪43‬‬ ‫‪0.3249‬‬ ‫‪0.9511‬‬ ‫‪0.3090‬‬ ‫‪0.3142‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪18‬‬
‫‪0.9657‬‬ ‫‪0.7193‬‬ ‫‪0.6947‬‬ ‫‪0.7679‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪44‬‬ ‫‪0.3443‬‬ ‫‪0.9455‬‬ ‫‪0.3256‬‬ ‫‪0.3316‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪19‬‬
‫‪0.3640‬‬ ‫‪0.9397‬‬ ‫‪0.3420‬‬ ‫‪0.3491‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪20‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.7071‬‬ ‫‪0.7071‬‬ ‫‪0.7854‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪45‬‬
‫‪1.0355‬‬ ‫‪0.6947‬‬ ‫‪0.7192‬‬ ‫‪0.8029‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪46‬‬ ‫‪0.3839‬‬ ‫‪0.9336‬‬ ‫‪0.3584‬‬ ‫‪0.3665‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪21‬‬
‫‪1.0742‬‬ ‫‪0.6820‬‬ ‫‪0.7314‬‬ ‫‪0.8203‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪47‬‬ ‫‪0.4040‬‬ ‫‪0.9272‬‬ ‫‪0.3746‬‬ ‫‪0.3840‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪22‬‬
‫‪1.1106‬‬ ‫‪0.6691‬‬ ‫‪0.7431‬‬ ‫‪0.8378‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪48‬‬ ‫‪0.4245‬‬ ‫‪0.9205‬‬ ‫‪0.3907‬‬ ‫‪0.4014‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪23‬‬
‫‪0.4452‬‬ ‫‪0.9135‬‬ ‫‪0.4067‬‬ ‫‪0.4189‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪24‬‬
‫‪1.1504‬‬ ‫‪0.6561‬‬ ‫‪0.7547‬‬ ‫‪0.8552‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪49‬‬
‫‪0.4663‬‬ ‫‪0.9063‬‬ ‫‪0.4226‬‬ ‫‪0.4363‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪25‬‬
‫‪1.1918‬‬ ‫‪0.6428‬‬ ‫‪0.7660‬‬ ‫‪0.8727‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪50‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬

‫‪tanθ‬‬ ‫‪cosθ‬‬ ‫‪sinθ‬‬ ‫‪tanθ‬‬ ‫‪cosθ‬‬ ‫‪sinθ‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪2.9042‬‬ ‫‪0.3256‬‬ ‫‪0.9455‬‬ ‫‪1.2392‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪71‬‬ ‫‪1.2349‬‬ ‫‪0.6293‬‬ ‫‪0.7771‬‬ ‫‪0.8901‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪51‬‬
‫‪3.0777‬‬ ‫‪0.3090‬‬ ‫‪0.9511‬‬ ‫‪1.2566‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪72‬‬ ‫‪1.2799‬‬ ‫‪0.6157‬‬ ‫‪0.7880‬‬ ‫‪0.9076‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪52‬‬
‫‪3.2709‬‬ ‫‪0.2924‬‬ ‫‪0.9563‬‬ ‫‪1.2741‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪73‬‬ ‫‪1.3270‬‬ ‫‪0.6018‬‬ ‫‪0.7986‬‬ ‫‪0.9250‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪53‬‬
‫‪3.4874‬‬ ‫‪0.2756‬‬ ‫‪0.9613‬‬ ‫‪1.2915‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪74‬‬ ‫‪1.3764‬‬ ‫‪0.5878‬‬ ‫‪0.8090‬‬ ‫‪0.9425‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪54‬‬
‫‪3.7321‬‬ ‫‪0.2588‬‬ ‫‪0.9659‬‬ ‫‪1.3090‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪75‬‬ ‫‪1.4281‬‬ ‫‪0.5736‬‬ ‫‪0.8192‬‬ ‫‪0.9599‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪55‬‬
‫‪4.0108‬‬ ‫‪0.2419‬‬ ‫‪0.9703‬‬ ‫‪1.3265‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪76‬‬ ‫‪1.4826‬‬ ‫‪0.5592‬‬ ‫‪0.8290‬‬ ‫‪0.9774‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪56‬‬
‫‪4.3315‬‬ ‫‪0.2250‬‬ ‫‪0.9744‬‬ ‫‪1.3439‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪77‬‬ ‫‪1.5399‬‬ ‫‪0.5446‬‬ ‫‪0.8387‬‬ ‫‪0.9948‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪57‬‬
‫‪4.7046‬‬ ‫‪0.2079‬‬ ‫‪0.9781‬‬ ‫‪1.3614‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪78‬‬ ‫‪1.6003‬‬ ‫‪0.5290‬‬ ‫‪0.8480‬‬ ‫‪1.0123‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪58‬‬
‫‪5.1446‬‬ ‫‪0.1908‬‬ ‫‪0.9816‬‬ ‫‪1.3788‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪79‬‬ ‫‪1.6643‬‬ ‫‪0.5150‬‬ ‫‪0.8572‬‬ ‫‪1.0297‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪59‬‬
‫‪5.6713‬‬ ‫‪0.1736‬‬ ‫‪0.9848‬‬ ‫‪1.3963‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪80‬‬ ‫‪1.7321‬‬ ‫‪0.5000‬‬ ‫‪0.8660‬‬ ‫‪1.0472‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪60‬‬
‫‪1.8040‬‬ ‫‪0.4848‬‬ ‫‪0.8746‬‬ ‫‪1.0647‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪61‬‬

‫‪6.3138‬‬ ‫‪0.1564‬‬ ‫‪0.9877‬‬ ‫‪1.4137‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪81‬‬
‫‪1.8807‬‬ ‫‪0.4695‬‬ ‫‪0.8829‬‬ ‫‪1.0821‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪62‬‬
‫‪7.1154‬‬ ‫‪0.1392‬‬ ‫‪0.9903‬‬ ‫‪1.4312‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪82‬‬
‫‪8.1443‬‬ ‫‪0.1219‬‬ ‫‪0.9925‬‬ ‫‪1.4486‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪83‬‬ ‫‪1.9626‬‬ ‫‪0.4540‬‬ ‫‪0.8910‬‬ ‫‪1.0996‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪63‬‬
‫‪9.5144‬‬ ‫‪0.1045‬‬ ‫‪0.9945‬‬ ‫‪1.4661‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪84‬‬ ‫‪2.0503‬‬ ‫‪0.4284‬‬ ‫‪0.8988‬‬ ‫‪1.1170‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪64‬‬
‫‪11.43‬‬ ‫‪0.0872‬‬ ‫‪0.9962‬‬ ‫‪1.4835‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪85‬‬ ‫‪2.1445‬‬ ‫‪0.4226‬‬ ‫‪0.9063‬‬ ‫‪1.1345‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪65‬‬
‫‪14.30‬‬ ‫‪0.0698‬‬ ‫‪0.9976‬‬ ‫‪1.5010‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪86‬‬ ‫‪2.2460‬‬ ‫‪0.4067‬‬ ‫‪0.9135‬‬ ‫‪1.1519‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪66‬‬
‫‪19.08‬‬ ‫‪0.0523‬‬ ‫‪0.9986‬‬ ‫‪1.5184‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪87‬‬ ‫‪2.3559‬‬ ‫‪0.3907‬‬ ‫‪0.9205‬‬ ‫‪1.1694‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪67‬‬
‫‪28.64‬‬ ‫‪0.0349‬‬ ‫‪0.9994‬‬ ‫‪1.5359‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪88‬‬ ‫‪2.4751‬‬ ‫‪0.3746‬‬ ‫‪0.9272‬‬ ‫‪1.1868‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪68‬‬
‫‪57.29‬‬ ‫‪0.0175‬‬ ‫‪0.9998‬‬ ‫‪1.5533‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪89‬‬ ‫‪2.6.51‬‬ ‫‪0.3584‬‬ ‫‪0.9336‬‬ ‫‪1.2043‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪69‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1.5708‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪90‬‬ ‫‪2.7475‬‬ ‫‪0.3420‬‬ ‫‪0.9397‬‬ ‫‪1.2217‬‬ ‫ﹾ‪70‬‬
‫‪272‬‬

382 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

382 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ 2-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 3-1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬

‫‪ 4-1‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪Vectors‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪Coordinate systems‬‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ )‪.(Polar Coordinates‬‬

‫‪ .a‬ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺰﻳﺔ )‪(Rectangular coordinates‬‬

‫‪Polar Coordinates‬‬ ‫‪ .b‬ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ 3 - 1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫ْ‪θ = 127‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮق‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪θ = 37 o + 90 o = 127 o‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪P‬‬‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪Negative of a Vector‬‬

‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭ ﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ ‪v v‬‬

‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪r v‬‬

‫)‪⇀v(13c‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ‪v‬‬ ‫⇀‬‫‪v‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪Vector Analysis‬‬

‫)ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ( ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ‪ R‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫‪ (Theorem‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ) sine‬ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ( ‪:‬‬

‫‪= 20cm × cos20 o‬‬ ‫‪= 20cm × sin20 o‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪x‬‬

‫‪ 6 - 1‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ‪Multiplication of vectors‬‬

‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ - 8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍً ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ 2-2‬ﺃﻃﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4-2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5-2‬ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 6-2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻵﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 7-2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 10-2‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 11-2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 12-2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ)ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ( ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪Motion Description‬‬ ‫‪1-2‬‬

‫ﺃُﻃﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪Frame of Reference‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪28‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺋﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫ﻒ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﻦ َ‬

‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪: Average speed‬‬ ‫‪5-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪32‬‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬B ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‬A

:‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ‬

33 ‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪/‬‬

‫) ‪distance traveled 600 ( m‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪: (C‬‬

‫) ‪(Motion with constant velocity‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ ‫‪7-2‬‬